Without a Trace
A DMDTS (http://www.nsfcd.com/forums/index.php?topic=12390.0) sequel
Don't bother joining this RP if you can't bother to at least skim the entire thing.
A NOTE FROM THE AUTHOR :: This story, although a sequel of the RP Dead Men Don't Tell Secrets (http://www.nsfcd.com/forums/index.php?topic=12390.0), is brand new. You don't need to have participated in my last RP to join this one, and it's not required for you to need to know anything at all about the old RP for this one.
Without a Trace is fresh, in a brand new setting, with a brand new antagonist, with perhaps some old friendly faces, but still different. Feel free to join without being intimidated by needing to read the lengthy pages of my old RP.
DMDTS EPILOGUE :: The vortex in Slander, summoned by the gems, sucked the evil that had overshadowed the land. The cult of the Dead Men was finally gone with the tragic end of their leader. The gems that the heroes had collected submerged back into the sea, each to its respective home. The gang went home as heroes. The continent held a masquerade in their honor. This masquerade of the continent also further brought peace and reconciliation to each country. No one ever saw the identities of the heroes. And they gave out false names to further hide it. Afterwards, when the stories of how the Dead Men were destroyed was told, and written down into history, the gang finally decided it was time to go home... With each stop at each country, more of the heroes left. It was a final, sad goodbye. But, it seemed, their adventure had finally came to an end. They had met during a stroke of fate, strengthened by a common goal, had shares of their own fun and laughs, comforted each other during sadder times, and in the end conquered their enemy. As more and more people got off at each stop, one question remained: Would they ever see each other again?
"Goodbye..."
One month later, on a continent nearby...A mysterious figure walked stealthily along a fence during the night. He was wearing very formal clothes for a harmless midnight stroll. He donned a black tuxedo, dazzling red tie, and a black raccoon-like mask to cover his face. You could still see his white eyes behind the mask. They were like headlights piercing through the night. It was a slightly unsettling sight.
"Russo," a voice came behind the mysterious man. A smile appeared on Russo's face, though he did not bother turning around. The man who had called for Russo was a few feet away, looking as if he was about to cross the street.
"So, you decided to bother showing up after last night's mishap, Marc?" Russo asked in a deep, controlled voice. Marc, unlike Russo's pale white skin, was of a dark complexion. He had black, curly hair in an afro style. Russo's silver hair was tied into a ponytail with a black cowboy hat over it. The cowboy hat, like his suit, had a red line around it right over the rim.
"Yes sir," Marc replied, continuing his watch across the street. "I'm for you, no matter how bad things get."
"I can only hope you are as loyal to me as you say, Marc," Russo replied, toying with the silver locket on his neck. He had black gloves over his hands, as well as black boots. "Don't forget what happened to some of the other... less fit men of mine."
"Of course not, sir," Marc replied, stuttering only slightly. "I am not like them."
"And so you will do as I say, completely, no questions asked, no matter how strange the request may seem?"
"Of course, sir!"
"Good," Russo finally replied, after what seemed like an hour of silence. "Then, Marc, you and I should take a walk. There are some things I need to talk to you about."
THE MAP ::
(http://img223.imageshack.us/img223/2614/mapofsegasanoa8.png)
SOOTOO is a very sketchy island in the northeast. It's filled with cacti, deserts, pubs, and men riding horses. Just take a look at any old Wild West movie, and you'll find SooToo.
MONTE ISLAND is a beautiful, friendly, laid back place to be. You can find the most delicious foods, trinket shops, and the three giant coves surrounding the island are picture-perfect. It's like a vacation in the Caribbeans.
FUTURA is extremely futuristic. Instead of a flat land, theirs goes up. The first plat-form has the bottom of buildings with doors to go in and entrances to elevators. Then, you can continue moving up each level (there are four in all). Twisting roads that move up also bring hover cars to their destinations. And the beautiful waterfall that falls down through the country is worth looking at, or perhaps rafting down on. The at the bottom is where many new visitors come out of each day.
SANS PORT is a newcomers village. Anyone new to the Continent of Segasan, will first visit this port to get an ID in check. This country is very friendly, and houses many libraries and museums dedicated to the continent's history. It really looks exactly like the island
THE BRIDE OF SANS-FUTURE connects Sans Port and Futura. There are heavily equipped Futura guards on either end of this bridge, preventing anyone from actually using it unless Futura allows it.
YOUR CHARACTER ::
Ah, Segasan. You need a break from your life, wherever you once lived. So, why not take a vacation at Segasan? It's a great continent to the east of Slander. Of course, since you've never been here before, you're going to need to go straight to Sans Port and get your identification. Who knows if they'll even let you leave Sans Port even after you do that. Segasan is a very cautious, protective, and paranoid continent. Don't want to upset them now, do we?
* = required
* NAME:
* AGE:
* GENDER:
* APPEARANCE:
- BIO:
- ITEM: [ Item, not weapon. Sorry, customs takes anything that looks dangerous. ]
- ITEM 2: [ Still no weapons. Sorry, but do you really want them thinking your going to try to murder someone on your vacation? ]
- HOMELAND:
* STARTING PLACE: Sans Port [ Everyone starts here. You're brand new to Segasan, and this is where they stick all the newbies. ]
RULES ::
1. No Godmodding.
2. Literacy counts.
3. Read before you think. Think before you post.
4. OOC is fine. Two pages of nothing but OOC is bad. Use whatever method you want to get across the fact that you're talking out of character. Just make it obvious, okay?
5. This RP is rated PG-13 for some violence, suggestive themes, and elaborate plots.
6. I'll allow a max of 3 characters per person. A minimum of one, if you will.
7. There is a set plot already, please don't interfere with it as it already has been pre-created. But, you can create as many side-plots as you'd like. And you can refuse to join the main plot and only participate in one of the other plots that you or one of the other RPers make themselves.
8. Oh no, you have to wait for me to accept your character before you can participate! ...Mwahahahaha...
WITHOUT A TRACE ::
Here we go, the next installment in the Dead Men adventures. It's been three years since all that drama on Slander (so if you're using an old character, make sure to add three years to the age!). Whether you participated in the old Dead Men drama back in Slander or not, you still want a chance to visit this new continent. Hopefully, no one here will stir up trouble. You want a nice, relaxing, vacation. Whether you get it or not, all depends on the choices you make in Segasan. Are you ready to join a new Dead Men fighting team, or do you really want to pitch the bucket and set up camp by the beach? Your future is in your hands...
Oh, and while you enjoy your stay in Sans Port, you may want to read up on the continent you are about to soon enjoy (since it is the only country with a library or museum...). I'm not saying this is something you
have to do to get some sort of plot going. And I'm not even saying that knowing the history will reveal a plot. But if you do pick up a book having to do with Segasan's history, except a PM from me with a summary of the book in it. Just warning you now, so that you can be sure that you actually want to read the book before you actually read it.
MY CHARACTER
Name: Solon
Age: 19
Gender: Male
Appearance: Blonde, spiked up hair and electric blue eyes. He is wearing a pair of blue jeans, some white sneakers, a white t-shirt with a black jacket over it, and a black mask over his eyes.
Bio: Solon left Slander without a trace. It was said that he died, and that was that. But in reality, he was following a mysterious letter about the Dead Men to Sans Port in Segasan. Now, after three years of getting a base together, he is searching Sans Port for a new heroic team that can help him with the information he knows.
Item: Lighter
Item 2: Grappling Hook
Homeland: Crescent Island:
Starting Place: Sans Port
Alright, enough of that! Enjoy the sequel... Without a Trace.
Characters
Solon (Birdie of Aces) :: Currently in Sans Port
Mira (I_AM_A_PERSON) :: Currently in Sans Port
Jas (Sh0rTi) :: Currently in Sans Port
Jason (JNeedForSpeed201) :: Currently in Sans Port
Venice (Triforce_Luigi) :: Currently in Sans Port
Harver (LightningSword) :: Currently in Sans Port
Shu (Shujinco) :: Currently in Sans Port
Roy (Marth Xero) :: Currently in Sans Port
Lanbar (Dr. Hobo2) :: Currently in Sans Port
Tanbar (Dr. Hobo2) :: Currently in Sans Port
Riou Bentley (Kierou) :: Currently in Sans Port
Orlando "Wolfe" Stevens (Birdie of Aces) :: Currently in Sans Port
New players always welcome to join.
Key:
idle- They don't come on too often (maybe check in once a week or so), therefore they kind of are just assumed to follow the group they are in.
expired- Left the RP. You can leave by dying, PMing me that you want out, or making an announcement right in this thread.
Main Group
Solon, Mira, Jas, Jason, Venice (idle), Harver, Roy, Lanbar (idle), and Tanbar (idle).
The Main Group is currently attempting to leave Sans Port by stealing a pirate ship.
Secondary Group (1)
Shu and Riou
The Secondary Group is only just forming in a conversation between Shu and Riou. Not much is known about what they are planning or whether they will stick together yet. There is still a possibility they will join the Main Group, but of course they can always stick with a side plot and join later or not at all.
Secondary Group (2)
Orlando
Washed away at sea.
The Letters in a Nutshell
Letter One - From 3 years ago, talked about the Dead Men still alive, brought Solon to Segasan.
Letter Two - Told Solon to form a group to stop the apparently reborn Dead Men.
Letter Three - Told the newly formed group of the mysterious Elemental Gems they would need to steal, sealed away in the Sans Port Museum
Letter Four - Told the group that they should hide under the alias of band mates and tour around the countries for easy access.
Letter Five - Told the group they needed to get out of Sans Port fast because of a band of pirates. They could not be seen by the pirates for they were out to ruin their plans and they would need to steal their ship and set sail for Monte Island, where their band's first performance is.
NAME: Mira
AGE: 18
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE: Here (http://public4.tektek.org/img/av/0901/d17/1413/5950841.png)
BIO: Unknown
ITEM: Magnifying glass
ITEM 2: Grappling hook
HOMELAND: Nimbuslus Island
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port [ Everyone starts here. You're brand new to Segasan, and this is where they stick all the newbies. ]
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 17, 2009, 01:23:46 PM
NAME: Mira
AGE: 18
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE: Here (http://public4.tektek.org/img/av/0901/d17/1413/5950841.png)
BIO: Unknown
ITEM: Magnifying glass
ITEM 2: Grappling hook
HOMELAND: Nimbuslus Island
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port [ Everyone starts here. You're brand new to Segasan, and this is where they stick all the newbies. ]
(( Alright, you are accepted *stamps you with acceptance stamp*. Have fun in Segasan! ))
((Yay for vacation! XD))
Mira sailed his way to Sans Port. Once he got there, he docked his boat and looked around for some kinda of city hall.
* NAME: Jas
* AGE: 19
* GENDER: Female
* APPEARANCE: (http://i17.photobucket.com/albums/b60/Keigoe/RP%20Stuff/ItsJas.png) (Remember, she now has fangs and claws too.)
- BIO: After the whole Dead Men incident back on her home continent, Jas didn't travel much. Since being on Crescent Island, she's started working on her careers. Between trying to work her way up the ranks in the culinary career and trying to teach other ninjas to develop their skill... let's just say that a bottle of tequila didn't work very well. Now she's here, in this new part of the world, looking to relax, though she doesn't know what pulled her to choose this place. "Jas: If some other drama starts, I swear heads are going to roll!"
- ITEM: (Poor Jasi's gonna feel naked without her blades. xP) Fingerless gloves
- ITEM 2: A long silver chain. (The part she keeps on her pants is only a small portion of the whole thing)
- HOMELAND: Crescent Island
* STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
Quote from: Sh0rTi on January 17, 2009, 02:15:28 PM
* NAME: Jas
* AGE: 19
* GENDER: Female
* APPEARANCE: (http://i17.photobucket.com/albums/b60/Keigoe/RP%20Stuff/ItsJas.png) (Remember, she now has fangs and claws too.)
- BIO: After the whole Dead Men incident back on her home continent, Jas didn't travel much. Since being on Crescent Island, she's started working on her careers. Between trying to work her way up the ranks in the culinary career and trying to teach other ninjas to develop their skill... let's just say that a bottle of tequila didn't work very well. Now she's here, in this new part of the world, looking to relax, though she doesn't know what pulled her to choose this place. "Jas: If some other drama starts, I swear heads are going to roll!"
- ITEM: (Poor Jasi's gonna feel naked without her blades. xP) Fingerless gloves
- ITEM 2: A long silver chain. (The part she keeps on her pants is only a small portion of the whole thing)
- HOMELAND: Crescent Island
* STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
(( And another acceptance. *A sticker for your troubles* ))
((First post by a non-Veteran!
Name: Jason
Age: 16
Gender: Male
Appearance: Average height/weight. Brown hair and eyes. Wears dark jeans and a black long-sleeve T-shirt.
Bio: Jason grew up in Slander, though never meeting any of the crew. During his childhood, he was often picked on for being so shy. They, however, didn't know that his parents were brutally murdered by the Dead Men. After hearing about our heroes, Jason decided that he might go on his own quest.
Item: Flashlight?
Item 2: Book on Segasan History.
Homeland: Crescent Island.
Starting Place: Sans Port.))
NAME: Venice
AGE: 20
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE: (http://public4.tektek.org/img/av/0901/d17/1610/37dd267.png) Best I could do in five minutes. <_<
BIO: After the whole "Dead Men" crisis, and the time he stole the Cloud Gem, Venice continued to steal around Crescent Island. Eventually, he got bored of that, and decided to take a long vacation to Segasan.
ITEM: A wallet, which contains all of his money. It's half-empty. Or half-full.
ITEM 2: Lighter. I'm not feeling very creative.
HOMELAND: Crescent Island
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on January 17, 2009, 03:12:21 PM
((First post by a non-Veteran!
Name: Jason
Age: 16
Gender: Male
Appearance: Average height/weight. Brown hair and eyes. Wears dark jeans and a black long-sleeve T-shirt.
Bio: Jason grew up in Slander, though never meeting any of the crew. During his childhood, he was often picked on for being so shy. They, however, didn't know that his parents were brutally murdered by the Dead Men. After hearing about our heroes, Jason decided that he might go on his own quest.
Item: Flashlight?
Item 2: Book on Segasan History.
Homeland: Crescent Island.
Starting Place: Sans Port.))
(( Welcome to the saga. You can have a cookie for being new *gives half-eaten cookie* Um, about that... Uh, I was a little hungry, so... ))
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on January 17, 2009, 03:16:12 PM
NAME: Venice
AGE: 20
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE: (http://public4.tektek.org/img/av/0901/d17/1610/37dd267.png) Best I could do in five minutes. <_<
BIO: After the whole "Dead Men" crisis, and the time he stole the Cloud Gem, Venice continued to steal around Crescent Island. Eventually, he got bored of that, and decided to take a long vacation to Segasan.
ITEM: A wallet, which contains all of his money. It's half-empty. Or half-full.
ITEM 2: Lighter. I'm not feeling very creative.
HOMELAND: Crescent Island
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
(( Also accepted. You can have some cash, so you don't steal it from me later *bag of fake gold for you*. ))
((Yay! Now I can make more DMDTS Sims! Let's make Solon and Venice roomies. =D Er... when are we starting BoA?))
((You still owe me a half cookie.))
Quote from: Sh0rTi on January 17, 2009, 04:02:18 PM
((Yay! Now I can make more DMDTS Sims! Let's make Solon and Venice roomies. =D Er... when are we starting BoA?))
(( XD DMDTS Sims? That's interesting... I want pictures. And we start... NOW *dramatic music* ))
A man with blond hair and blue eyes covered by a mask was strolling through the town. It was early afternoon and he could just be seen walking out of an information desk building. Without any pedestrians noticing, he snatched an apple from a fruit market. Whistling, and watching carefully over the town, he continued walking as he took a bite from his "free" apple.
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on January 17, 2009, 04:05:09 PM
((You still owe me a half cookie.))
(( Well, if you
really want it back... ))
Name: Harver Rose
Age: 20
Gender: Male
Appearance: Caucasian. Long-ish red hair, blue eyes, white shirt with a black jacket over it whenever it's cold, black slacks, black shoes.
Bio: Ever since the Dead Men incident, Harver tried to rebuild the destroyed part of the Land of Emit, but inevitably left it up to the officials there. He traveled to Crescent Island and began to live near Jas, making sure he stayed in close contact with her since their adventure.
Item: Black fedora with a red trim around the middle.
Item 2: N/A
Homeland: Land of Emit
Starting Place: Sans Port, which begs the question, why even have this category here in the first place?
Also, since the Dead Men incident happened three years ago, Harver no longer has the fire powers he had gained from that adventure.
[spoiler=Wait what is this?]((Congratulations on finding this post, if you're in Big Brother. You're beginning to put the pieces together. However, this is only a part of it. Try to stay kool, though.)) ((4))
If you can't find them, try quoting. (http://i198.photobucket.com/albums/aa164/Lightning_Sword/MovingInReverseRotationOrReflection.jpg)
[/spoiler]
Jason got off of the boat that carried him to Sans Port. He walked until he found a small hotel type building. After going inside, he looked at how much it would be for a room. "50 Gold pieces!" he yelled. "You HAVE to be kidding me."
Mira spotted the information building and made his way there. He entered and looked around for documentation about the continent.
Jason sighed. "Is there anywhere that's, I don't know, affordable?"
((Well here's one for ya BoA. =P [spoiler](http://i17.photobucket.com/albums/b60/Keigoe/RP%20Stuff/SolVen.png)[/spoiler]))
Jas steps off the boat she was on, stretching her arms. She squints a bit as the sunlight hits her eyes, then pulls her shades over them. "Looks nice so far," she murmurs to herself, still somewhat bitter at having to leave her best friends, her twin blades at home. 'Oh well, at least nobody has to know about my gloves,' her hands clench open and shut as she grins slightly. There were always other tricks, should some unfortunate person decide to piss her off.
After a "no" look from the receptionist, Jason sighs and walks out of the hotel. Not really knowing what to do, he sits down on a nearby bench.
Harver stepped off of the boat he was on, looking around. He smiled as he inhaled the clean air of Sans Port. It had been awhile since he'd taken some time off, so he was happy to finally go on a vacation. His smile grew even wider when he saw a familiar face. He walked over to the brunette he lived by. "Jas?"
Quote from: LightningSword on January 17, 2009, 04:28:38 PM
Name: Harver Rose
Age: 20
Gender: Male
Appearance: Caucasian. Long-ish red hair, blue eyes, white shirt with a black jacket over it whenever it's cold, black slacks, black shoes.
Bio: Ever since the Dead Men incident, Harver tried to rebuild the destroyed part of the Land of Emit, but inevitably left it up to the officials there. He traveled to Crescent Island and began to live near Jas, making sure he stayed in close contact with her since their adventure.
Item: Black fedora with a red trim around the middle.
Item 2: N/A
Homeland: Land of Emit
Starting Place: Sans Port, which begs the question, why even have this category here in the first place?
Also, since the Dead Men incident happened three years ago, Harver no longer has the fire powers he had gained from that adventure.
(( You're accepted. And your special gift is the answer to that question. It's there to reiterate the fact that your starting place is Sans Port. And make sure you don't forget it. ))
Mira got bored quickly in his search for documentation, so he went up to the front desk. "Hey, I'm new here. Is there anything I should know about this place?"
Quote from: Sh0rTi on January 17, 2009, 05:09:52 PM
((Well here's one for ya BoA. =P [spoiler](http://i17.photobucket.com/albums/b60/Keigoe/RP%20Stuff/SolVen.png)[/spoiler]))
Jas steps off the boat she was on, stretching her arms. She squints a bit as the sunlight hits her eyes, then pulls her shades over them. "Looks nice so far," she murmurs to herself, still somewhat bitter at having to leave her best friends, her twin blades at home. 'Oh well, at least nobody has to know about my gloves,' her hands clench open and shut as she grins slightly. There were always other tricks, should some unfortunate person decide to piss her off.
(( XD That's Solon and Venice, I'm guessing? Still need a picture of Harver and Jas :P ))
"Well, you need an ID," the secretary responded. She pointed to a building map next to her desk. "This shows which floor of this building that can be found on. It's the 30th floor, if you're too lazy to check." And with that curt response, she went back to her computer.
The blond finished his apple, and tossed the core aside. He continued walking by the dock, when he saw something that surprised him. It looked like a red head approaching a brunette... His mouth formed an 'O', and he sinked into the shadows, watching them from a distance.
It can't be them... Why would they be here in Segasan! Maybe I should follow, just to make sure...
"Thanks." Mira made his way to the 30th floor and went to one of the available windows. "Excuse me," Mira said, trying to get the attention of the individual at the window, "I was told by the secretary to come here to get an ID. How do I go about that?" Mira asked.
Jason got up and started walking. He was just about to sit down again when he noticed Jas and Harver, with Solon close behind.
The man, dressed in a white trench coat like some sort of doctor, turned around. He stroked his dark brown goatee and smiled at Mira. "Ah, you wish to join Segasan! Like so many others before you, I presume?" He took a moment to pause, perhaps for dramatic effect? "Well, then. Why don't you sit down in that chair there, and I'll take your picture. Then you can fill out the form on the desk over there. And after that I'll get your card printed out and laminated... All the while as I talk to you all about Segasan! And how great it is that you've finally decided to join the best Continent in the known and unknown world."
Solon felt eyes on him, and he turned around to see a guy he thought he might have known from Slander staring in his general direction. "Hm... He lived in my country," Solon whispered out loud. "Crap, can't let him see me either!" He ducked farther into the alleyway, although now he couldn't see what had looked like Jas and Harver. "Guess I'll have to try climbing this building..."
"Okayyyyy....." Mira sat down in the chair as the man instructed.
There was a camera set up in front of the chair, along with screens and other technological photography things that the man might need. "My name is Ronald," he added. "And I'm the son of the General of Sans Port. This grand old country will be mine to run once my great father resigns. Should only be a decade, at most. I'm nearing forty, so I can only hope it won't take too long. Ah, Segasan, what wouldn't I do for you?" That last sentence was in a dreamy, singsong state. It broke quickly as he got behind the camera. "Please, smile best you can, and I'll snap the photo." He began clicking very quickly, and flash after flash took place.
((Yeah, that's them. Though Venice Sim = baka and almost burned the darn house down. I have it recorded. xD))
"Ah?" Jas picks up the sound of a familiar voice calling her name. She turns around, and finds herself looking up at the one she had grown so close to over the years. "Harver!" The ninja smiles, a fang just barely showing, and hugs him. "Somehow I knew you'd follow me here," Jas says, jokingly.
Mira smiled, but didn't bother to remove his mask.
Quote from: Sh0rTi on January 17, 2009, 07:02:31 PM
((Yeah, that's them. Though Venice Sim = baka and almost burned the darn house down. I have it recorded. xD))
(( XD So, Solon is actually the better one of the two? And you better get him a lot of hot girls. Seriously, I want him out at the clubs every night. And no guy on guy, or threesome with two guys. I mean it, no gay stuff. ))
"So, where you from?" Ronald asked as he chose the picture he would use for the ID. He took the camera and plugged it into his computer. "Wherever it is, couldn't have been better then here. But from your look, I'm going to have to say your from Slander. There are lots of ninjas and thieves there. Which is why Segasan is so much better. The only crooks we got are ones migrating from different countries. And its my duty to figure out who are bad and who are good. The bad guys don't get to leave Sans Port if I mark them dangerous on their ID. So give me a good impression, ya hear?"
"I hear." Mira said. "But I came here from my house in Nimbuslus Island. I moved there from Scalus when I was 10, so your assumption was somewhat correct."
((Don't worry, I'm not a yaoi fangirl. xP *Goes to make yaoi moments for the hell of it* No threesome with two guys? Damn, there goes Jas' fantasy. x3 On with the RP *Watches*))
(( You should reenact DMDTS with our Sims characters, record it, then post it in the DMDTS topic XD ))
"Hm. Scalus is slightly like SooToo, except SooToo is much less strict. And less militaristic. It's actually more like Scalus terrain-wise only. Numbuslus Land... Well, that place is one of a kind, I'll give it that much. This continent isn't big on religion at all. But, height wise, you may find Futura to be quite steep!" Ronald began laughing at his own bad joke that wouldn't make sense to a newcomer who had never visited Futura before, and wouldn't be funny to someone who had.
"Well, fill out this form with your information. It's simple, really. Just your name, age, gender, DOB, and other trivial things. I'll be back in a moment with your picture. I've just sent it to the printer in the other room." He gave Mira the form and a pen, then walked out of the room to get the picture.
Mira took then form and pen and wrote his name, age, gender, date of birth, but hesitated on the trivial things. He read and re-read what the form was asking him.
(( If you want the other things on the form :
Birthplace:
Medical History:
Other Places Traveled:
Rare Accomplishments:
Signature:
Other Notes: ))
Ronald walked back in with the picture. "Okay," he said as he walked back in. "Are you finished with that form? I'll just need to take that info, run it through the computer, print it onto a card, laminate it, and you'll be able to have it back."
"Hold on," Mira said, as he filled out his birthplace, skipped to fill out the places traveled, skipped the rare accomplishments, sighed the form, then handed it to Ronald. "Some of those things I'm not certain about."
"Hm," Ronald said, reading it. "Well, I'll just put you under 'no medical history', and assume you have no rare accomplishments. Not many do, anyway." He walked out of the door with Mira's form, only taking a second to shout, "Wait there!"'
He then remembered the Dead Men incident. "Wait! I remembered something about my medical history! Can I fill that in real quickly?"
Ronald stopped halfway down the hall, hearing Mira shouting. He walked back in through the door. "Sure," he said, handing Mira the form. "Better the truth then a lie or assumption."
"Agreed." Mira said, as he summarized a gut injury and operation 3 years ago. He did not bother to mention the incident. "Here you go." Mira said, handing the form back to him.
"Well," Ronald said, looking at the form. "Sounds like theres a good story on that one. Sword duel, perhaps?" But Ronald did not wait for a response. He swiftly left the room and went out to create Mira's ID.
Solon began climbing the building, finding any blocks to hold onto. But, he quickly fell. After a few failed attempts to climb the building, he remembered his grappling hook. "Oh yeah!" he exclaimed, and took it out. He threw it as far up as he could, and began the climb. He walked by the windows and looked in each one to make sure no one was noticing him. Until, he spotted one guy he was sure he recognized. It looked just like Mira... He must have been 30 floors up, and getting tired. He knocked on the window, hoping he wouldn't be recognized after three years of no contact, and the help of his mask to hide his identity.
Mira looked at the mask person in the window. "Solon?" He asked, trying to imagine that person without the mask. He tried mentally reconstructing his face, then tried to remember what Solon looked like. He forgot. It had been too long. He failed to recall what everyone looked like, yet he was able to remember their names and the incident. If there was any memory of them, it had to have been deeper into his memory.
"Weird." Mira looked away from the window, assuming that if it truly was Solon, he didn't want anyone to know it was him. If that were the case, he thought that Solon was overdoing it. It's not like the history books had the wrong names or anything.
Solon ducked out of the way when Ronald walked back in. He might get in trouble if he was found scaling the side of a building.
"Okay then," Ronald said, holding his new ID. "You haven't been deemed safe to travel yet. For now, stroll Sans Port and have a good time. You'll run into me again when I feel you've turned out well enough for me to approve and let roam this grand land. But for now, have fun knowing that you are part of something great, and you may go."
Harver grinned back at Jas. "Oh? Well, it seems that fate must have brought us together once again," he said. "Wouldn't it be interesting if we saw everyone else here?" He imagined Solon, Mira, Venice, Tanbar and Lanbar, and all of their other friends hanging out with them once more. That would be nice, he concluded in his thoughts.
"Will do." Mira said, as he made his way to the door. "In the mean time, where can I learn more about this city?"
Quote from: Sh0rTi on January 17, 2009, 07:02:31 PM
((Yeah, that's them. Though Venice Sim = baka and almost burned the darn house down. I have it recorded. xD))
((I'm not sure whether to be proud or disturbed. <_<))
Venice got off the boat, bored out of his mind. From what he knew of Segasan, he needed to get some sort of ID upon arrival. Well, that was gonna suck. He decided that it was necessary, and approached the information building and entered. He went up to the front desk and did his best to act somewhat polite.
"Excuse me, where can I get an ID?"
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 17, 2009, 09:16:40 PM
"Will do." Mira said, as he made his way to the door. "In the mean time, where can I learn more about this city?"
Ronald grinned. "Well, you could talk to anyone about that. I, for one, could answer any question for you. But others are the silent type, and they much more prefer the library," he rolled his eyes before continuing, "and reading the books they have there."
Solon eventually made it to the top of the building, noting that it seemed Mira, Harver, Jas, and that kid from Crescent Island were all here. "What a strange coincidence," Solon muttered, "if my eyes aren't deceiving me..." He picked out Harver quickly in the crowd. His flaming hair instantly gave him away. He sat there, watching, trying to decide whether his eyes were playing tricks on him, or if what he was seeing was real.
The secretary rolled her eyes. That was the second person in a day that couldn't read. "30th floor," she snipped, pointing at the map of the building. "Talk to Ronald."
Venice silently ascended to the thirtieth floor through whatever happened to be the fastest way there. Looking around, he noticed two people talking. He assumed that one of them was Ronald, and approached them.
"I need an ID," he said immediately, not really feeling like being particularly polite. And then he noticed that the other person there seemed really familiar, and seemed almost exactly like Mira. He wrote it off as a really bizarre coincidence and turned back to Ronald.
"Well, this is really the only country to get information on Segasan. Thank you for your time, Mira, I think it was. And stop by any time you'd like if you want to talk about Segasan's history!" Ronald concluded before turning to his new guest. "Aha, another Segasan lover, ready to convert to our very fine and prestigious way of living! Why don't you just sit right down in that chair, smile, and I'll take your ID picture!"
Guess I'll go to the library then. Mira thought, as he made his way out of the building.
Venice sat in the chair, and briefly thought that Ronald needed to get away from this continent, before something clicked in his brain. Ronald had called the person there "Mira." That couldn't be a coincidence. He ignored that fact for now, though, and just waited for the ID picture to be taken.
Ronald hummed a happy tune and clicked away at the camera. He took the camera off the tripod and brought it over to his laptop, as he had just done for Mira. "I was just singing the Sans Port national anthem," he began as the pictures loaded. "It has a great history to it. It all began back when there was a great war between Futura and SooToo. We, along with Monte Island, were just born and didn't want to get into the fight. You see, Futura and SooToo had been living on the continent for quite a while. Sans Port was born when a bunch of historians built a bridge to the vacant island above Futura and settled there. That's why we have so much information about our lands. Oh, and you know what else is-" He stopped talking in a search for another form and pen.
"Well, I've just sent your picture to the printer. Please fill out this form with all your information, and hand it to me when I get back."
Ronald needs a life, thought Venice, filling out the form. He paused at "Rare Accomplishments." He wondered if helping in the whole Dead Men thing counted as rare, but eventually decided to just leave that part blank.
"Alright, that's your picture... I'll just be taking this form," Ronald said, taking it from Venice. "Ah, hello Venice," he added as he read the form. "I'll be right back with your card completely done!"
Quote from: LightningSword on January 17, 2009, 09:14:17 PM
Harver grinned back at Jas. "Oh? Well, it seems that fate must have brought us together once again," he said. "Wouldn't it be interesting if we saw everyone else here?" He imagined Solon, Mira, Venice, Tanbar and Lanbar, and all of their other friends hanging out with them once more. That would be nice, he concluded in his thoughts.
"As long as weird, Michael Jackson-impersonating people don't show up," Jas starts. "I'd be happy with that. Even if it is another 'dangerous quest,' that we get sent on, I wouldn't care. It's been kinda... boring without everyone else. There's nothing to laugh at now that there's no Blondie falling from things or raging, drunk, Doublemint Twins. Then Venice was the only punching bag I had that was still living," she says, recalling the time that he took one of the gems.
'Hehe, good times. There's no way any of them would come to a place like this. It's filled with so much paranoia! Then again, why am I here?'
Mira started to wander about the city, trying to locate the library.
"Right..." responded Venice. He hated being this nice. Of course, if he wasn't, they'd probably kick him out.
Ronald was back shortly with his ID done. "There you go, my fine young fellow," Ronald said cheerfully. "Of course, you haven't been deemed safe to go off on your own quite yet. As I told the other guy, when I feel it's time, you'll run into me, and we'll get everything sorted out! Until then, you get to stay on this very fine country of Sans Port!"
"Great," said Venice, sarcasm barely detectable in his voice. "Thanks."
With that, Venice left. He wondered if there was anything to do in Sans Port, as he wandered aimlessly through the city. From what he could see, the place was full of libraries and museums, each dedicated to the history of the place. How boring.
After a bit of wandering, Mira noticed Venice, thought Mira wasn't so sure. "Venice?" He asked, trying to verify if it was truly him or not.
Venice turned to Mira, and raised an eyebrow in surprise.
"Mira?" he asked. "What are you doing here?"
Solon had noticed Mira walking out of the building. So, that must be Mira, he thought, eyes following him. He watched him now not too far down the street calling out to... Oh my god... Venice is here, too!? What a strange coincidence... Is it even a coincidence?It's been three years, but... Maybe they've learned what I know... Solon, sure that Harver and Jas weren't going anywhere, turned to watch the reunion between Mira and Venice.
"I came here for a vacation." Mira told Venice. "What about you?"
"I got bored at Crescent Island," said Venice.
"Have you seen anyone else here?" Mira asked. "Because might have saw Solon when I applying for my ID."
"Nope," replied Venice. "Though if that was Solon, then some crazy crap is going to be coming very soon."
"And if anything, this country would be responsible, if not Solon."
"Hey, I think they're talking about me," Solon muttered, attempting to read their lips. "Hm, I wonder if either of them saw me... Well, I know Mira definitely did. He must have recognized me. Well, I guess it isn't wrong for them to know I'm here... The rest will have to come later- Oh man, I'm talking to myself again..." Solon sighed. The rest will have to come later, he thought. Once I know their reasons for being here...
Mira's ears twitched. He looked in the direction of Solon's voice, but did not see him.
"Something wrong?" asked Venice, mildly interested.
"I did see Solon." Mira said. "If he saw me, then I definitely saw him."
"Great," said Venice dryly. "We're all doomed now."
"How so?" Mira asked. He hadn't been in Solon's group as long as Venice had, so he didn't know Solon as well as Venice did.
Solon slid back down the grappling hook and headed towards the direction of Mira and Venice. I'll show 'em a real flashy entry, to show how much I've changed! He began running towards them, ready to do a jump, flip, and land in front of them, but people were getting in his way. "Excuse me! Excuse me, coming through!" he shouted through the crowds. Unfortunately, a rather large man bumped into him, causing him to go flying, trip, and land flat on his face in front of Venice and Mira.
(( There's your answer XD ))
"Well, Mira," said Venice, gesturing to Solon with a smirk. "There's your answer."
"Huh, I guess that's my answer." Mira said. "So what have you been up to?" Mira asked.
"Ow..." Solon stood up, slightly annoyed with himself. "Mira, Venice," he said, giving them each a nod. "Wow, I can't believe I'm seeing you guys again... What brings you to Sans Port in Segasan?
"I'm here for vacation. And you?"
"Oh, um, vacation," Solon replied. "So, that's it, then? Just wanted a bout of fresh air? Nothing else... anything at all?"
"What's your story?" Mira asked, noting how Solon asked his second question.
"My story?" Solon repeated. "Well, I haven't really gotten one. That whole thing with the Dead Men was the last exciting thing I did... Well, I moved here about three years ago to... start a new life I guess. I've got a ba- I mean, home, set up right here in Sans Port. But, you know what's weird? I saw Harver and Jas not too long ago by the dock! I don't get it... Why have you guys all shown up in this same location?"
Harver laughed. "Well, you never know; they may be here, and we don't even know it!" He sighed. "Though it is a bit unlikely. Now, we should probably get our ID first, right?"
"I'm not sure, but maybe if you tell us what you intended to say before coarsely switching to your home in Sans Port story, we might uncover a conspiracy." Mira said, hinting to Solon that Mira had caught something in his story.
Solon grinned. "I'll tell you more later," Solon said. "We shouldn't talk too much publicly. There are people watching, to make sure we are good enough to greet the outside world. And they are already suspicious enough of me." He took a moment to take a small piece of scrap paper out of his pocket. "This is where I'm living," he said, giving Mira the address. "You and Venice will know where to find me. I've got a little adventure to propose to you."
"Very well." Mira said. "In the mean time, at least I should go to the library or something." Mira said. "The ID guy - Ronald - said he'd appear when we're ready. I don't like the sound of that, especially if it means he could sneak up on us very easily."
"Yeah," Jas says. "This is their land, and if they wanna be paranoid and watch our every move... that's not fine," she sighs. "But that's not the point. We should go and get one of these IDs," she says sighing, and heading for the building that handles those matters. She had figured that out from one of the many guides around.
"Yeah, he's a sketchy fellow. A nice guy," Solon laughed, "but weird. Like he'd die for his country, but he's no good for the military. So they stuck him here. To watch over the people who are living in Sans Port, and making sure they are worthy enough to visit the other areas." Solon sighed. "A library should be easy to find. In fact, I think that building right there is one."
The building read: Sans Read sanS
"Oh, I get it," Solon said, letting out a dry laugh. "You can spell Sans backwards and it comes out to the same thing. Ha, clever..."
Mira chuckled. "Well I have no idea when he'll show up, so I'm going to head to the library now. When should I come over to your house?" Mira asked, waiting to get an answer before he left.
"Later tonight would be good," Solon replied. "When it gets dark enough it's hard to see you. There are other people I need to find, too. Now that I know it must be them..." Solon gave a wave to Mira before turning around and heading back towards the Information Desk, where they gave out IDs.
Mira turned towards Venice. "I already memorized the address. Will you be needing this?" Mira asked, holding the piece of paper in his hand.
Harver followed Jas, noticing the surprising calmness of the whole area. Everything seemed... peaceful. It was a definite change of pace for him.
Jas had slowed down so she was walking next to Harver. "This looks like it," she says, looking at one of the buildings ahead of them. After slowly stepping inside, she looks around, reading the signs so she can get to her current destination.
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 18, 2009, 12:42:12 AM
Mira turned towards Venice. "I already memorized the address. Will you be needing this?" Mira asked, holding the piece of paper in his hand.
"Yeah, I think so," said Venice rather absently. "Thanks."
With that, he walked aimlessly in a random direction, not really caring where he was going. He entered a building which appeared to be a museum of some sort and pretended to be at least somewhat interested in the history of Sans Port, since Ronald might show up at any moment.
Jason slowly got up. "Oh crap," he said, realizing he had not gotten an I'd yet.
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on January 18, 2009, 09:35:44 AM
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 18, 2009, 12:42:12 AM
Mira turned towards Venice. "I already memorized the address. Will you be needing this?" Mira asked, holding the piece of paper in his hand.
"Yeah, I think so," said Venice rather absently. "Thanks."
With that, he walked aimlessly in a random direction, not really caring where he was going. He entered a building which appeared to be a museum of some sort and pretended to be at least somewhat interested in the history of Sans Port, since Ronald might show up at any moment.
A lady dressed in a scarlet suit followed Venice around the museum. She would be his guide, and talk about each piece of artifact they came upon, or show him the way to a certain area, or leave him alone if he wished to view the pieces solo.
"Here we have a picture of Gerald Sans next to Ronald Port the 2nd, holding the peace agreement. They are standing on the top of Futura, behind the hot springs. You can see the bridge of Sans-Future in the background. It was only just made by then. The bridge was finished about a decade after Sans Port was founded. And our peace agreement with Futura has stayed true throughout these past 50 years," the lady stated. She wasn't quite as enthusiastic as Ronald, acting more like it was her job to drone on about this day in and day out, rather then actually care about the past.
"Little known fact," she added, "is that Futura has been trying, since Monte Island was founded about twenty years after Sans Port, to get a new peace bridge added between them. But, so far, Monte Island wishes to remain neutral, and not pick a side. I think Monte Island may actually be the place keeping our lands peaceful. If Futura could get everyone on their side, they might attack SooToo right away, and perhaps without mercy." The lady, Joan, stopped to sigh. "Between you and me, I hate Futura. They are a nasty, prideful, bunch who think they can get their way with force. If it weren't for Monte Island's connections with international trade, and being our continent's biggest source of economy, Futura would have started war with them already for not cooperating."
Solon stood outside of the giant, 50 story building he had been climbing earlier. It was the Town Hall. He looked inside to the information desk and could make out a red head and a brunette.
They must be going to get their IDs now, Solon thought.
I should try catching up to them after they're done... Just can't lose sight of them. He wondered whether or not to even involve them in what he knew. But, Mira had been able to get enough out of him to become part of it, along with Venice, so he thought it'd be only fair to at least tell his old friends of everything. After that, they could decide for themselves what they wanted to do.
Mira walked over to the library after Venice walked off. He entered the library and went to the history section, hunting down books relevant to the history of Sans Port.
Quote from: Birdie of Aces on January 18, 2009, 12:53:52 PM
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on January 18, 2009, 09:35:44 AM
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 18, 2009, 12:42:12 AM
Mira turned towards Venice. "I already memorized the address. Will you be needing this?" Mira asked, holding the piece of paper in his hand.
"Yeah, I think so," said Venice rather absently. "Thanks."
With that, he walked aimlessly in a random direction, not really caring where he was going. He entered a building which appeared to be a museum of some sort and pretended to be at least somewhat interested in the history of Sans Port, since Ronald might show up at any moment.
A lady dressed in a scarlet suit followed Venice around the museum. She would be his guide, and talk about each piece of artifact they came upon, or show him the way to a certain area, or leave him alone if he wished to view the pieces solo.
"Here we have a picture of Gerald Sans next to Ronald Port the 2nd, holding the peace agreement. They are standing on the top of Futura, behind the hot springs. You can see the bridge of Sans-Future in the background. It was only just made by then. The bridge was finished about a decade after Sans Port was founded. And our peace agreement with Futura has stayed true throughout these past 50 years," the lady stated. She wasn't quite as enthusiastic as Ronald, acting more like it was her job to drone on about this day in and day out, rather then actually care about the past.
"Little known fact," she added, "is that Futura has been trying, since Monte Island was founded about twenty years after Sans Port, to get a new peace bridge added between them. But, so far, Monte Island wishes to remain neutral, and not pick a side. I think Monte Island may actually be the place keeping our lands peaceful. If Futura could get everyone on their side, they might attack SooToo right away, and perhaps without mercy." The lady, Joan, stopped to sigh. "Between you and me, I hate Futura. They are a nasty, prideful, bunch who think they can get their way with force. If it weren't for Monte Island's connections with international trade, and being our continent's biggest source of economy, Futura would have started war with them already for not cooperating."
Venice raised an eyebrow. That was interesting, to say the least. He'd always thought this continent was at relative peace. Then again, the place did seem a bit
too peaceful to be true. He continued on the tour.
"Before Futura gained its futuristic ammunition," Joan continued, stopping in front of a case with four giant crystals inside, "it was powered by these four gems. The blue one representing water, the red one for fire, the yellow for electricity, and the green for the earth. This was back when the current people of Futura did not live there, back when SooToo was the only country, living on its own. These rocks were discovered by some travelers who came upon the ground that is now known as Futura. No one is quite sure where their roots were. But we know some people of SooToo were among them. Their plan, we think was to try and populate the other islands around, but it became something much different." Joan gazed at the beautiful rocks for a moment, then sighed.
"To think something so beautiful caused so much chaos... Oh well, they no longer hold any significant power. The facts about these rocks and what happened so long ago is still not fully known. It was over a century, and Futura refuses to give us help in researching this rocky past. And with all the different stories and ideas, we aren't really supposed to talk about it, since there aren't enough facts. These rocks are mostly for show, and for safe-keeping."
"I see," muttered Venice. The four gems here were strangely reminiscent of the gems from before. He thought these might have something to do with Solon's little adventure.
Great. If these gems actually do have any power, then more than likely, they'll be really important later...
Harver had the feeling they were being watched, but disregarded it, thinking he was just being paranoid again. They were on vacation; nothing would go wrong with that. He sighed, and followed Jas to where they could potentially get their IDs.
Mira found a generic history book and read through it.
((Ok, sorry people, I'm late. Hopefully, you'll still accept me.))
* NAME: Shu
* AGE: 20
* GENDER: Male
* APPEARANCE: Semi- Tall. Caucasion. Wearing black shirt, pants and shoes.
- BIO: Lived on Crescent Island and became a thief. However, being only one month into his training, he was TERRIBLE at it. And so, the other thieves (Who were giving him his training) decided to get rid of him by giving him a vacation, or as they said, "A true test of your skills", hoping he ends up in jail there to stay.
- ITEM: Compass.
- ITEM 2: Bobby pin.
- HOMELAND: Crescent Island, Slandar
* STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
Fixed. ;)
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on January 18, 2009, 02:11:44 PM
"I see," muttered Venice. The four gems here were strangely reminiscent of the gems from before. He thought these might have something to do with Solon's little adventure.
Great. If these gems actually do have any power, then more than likely, they'll be really important later...
Joan led him into a new room, with a new section of displays. "This room talks more about the history of Sans Port, at the very beginning of its founding. Gerald Sans and Ronald Port the 2nd were two very proud people. Gerald, from SooToo, and Ronald from Futura, they embarked on a quest together to inhabit a new country with people. This was back when the people from SooToo and Futura could actually stand each other..." Joan took a moment to gaze at the portrait of Gerald Sans, who resembled Colonel Mustard, and Ronald Port the 2nd, who was a handsome man with black curly hair and a small goatee. He looked astoundingly like Ronald from the ID place.
Quote from: LightningSword on January 18, 2009, 05:48:18 PM
Harver had the feeling they were being watched, but disregarded it, thinking he was just being paranoid again. They were on vacation; nothing would go wrong with that. He sighed, and followed Jas to where they could potentially get their IDs.
Ronald was waiting for his new customers on the 30th floor. When an attractive brunette with her boyfriend walked in, his face lit up. "Why hello there," he greeted. "I can only hope you are ready to get your IDs and become full-blooded Segasan citizens! I do presume you are very happy? Of course you are! Sans Port is a wonderful country! Who would ever want to leave it? And those who come here, realize the very same thing only moments after arriving at the harbor."
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 18, 2009, 11:31:25 PM
Mira found a generic history book and read through it.
Mira had stumbled upon a book titled,
The Founding of Segasan. Chapter One began explaining how SooToo and Futura had first been populated. "It all started with a neighboring continent, the oldest of all of Planet Vulcum, curiously began exploring the seas," the book read. "Elementia was an old continent, and were set on knowledge of the outside world. Water manipulators, followed with some men with the power of the earth, set out on their journey. Going east, they quickly discovered a new island. This island, which is now known as SooToo, was inhabited by all Elementian settlers. But, after many generations, the people soon began to lose their powers. Now, SooToo people don't have the power to manipulate water or ground, although the first settlers there could. And, it was a group of curious SooToo people that decided to leave their home and explore some other lands near their own. They were hoping to create a brand new continent, and leave Elementia. They wanted this for a few reasons. One, being they no longer had Elementian powers, and two, they were so far away from Elementia rule that they felt alone in the world. So, the search for Futura began..."
That's the end of Chapter One. Continue to Chapter Two, flip to a random new chapter, or put that book down?
Quote from: Shujinco on January 19, 2009, 09:21:04 AM
((Ok, sorry people, I'm late. Hopefully, you'll still accept me.))
* NAME: Shu
* AGE: 20
* GENDER: Male
* APPEARANCE: Semi- Tall. Caucasion. Wearing black shirt, pants and shoes.
- BIO: Lived on Crescent Island and became a thief. However, being only one month into his training, he was TERRIBLE at it. And so, the other thieves (Who were giving him his training) decided to get rid of him by giving him a vacation, or as they said, "A true test of your skills", hoping he ends up in jail there to stay.
- ITEM: Compass.
- ITEM 2: Lock Picks. (Would they take that away? I'm not sure.)
- HOMELAND: Crescent Island, Slandar
* STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
(( Of course you're not late! I accept new participants no matter what part of the RP we're at. Sadly, we are short of presents. I can offer you a party hat for joining though. *Places a party hat on your head* Oh, and as for that lock pick... Instead, why don't you carry around a bobby pin? Or something else people would use daily, that could also open locks? Just fix that and you're in. ))
Shu arrived at the island.
"Ahh, look, so many people to steal from!"
Noticing that he just said that, ALOUD, he slunk away down an ally, hoping nobody heard that.
"Ok, so what kind of mayham can I cause first?"
Venice noted the resemblance between the man in the picture and the Ronald from the ID place. It was almost creepy. He assumed that Ronald the ID man and the Ronald in the picture were related.
Jason saw Ronald walk in with Harver and Jas. Being impatient, he walked over to them to see what was going on.
"You know... maybe I should grab a map."
Shu looked around. "But where do I find one?"
Deciding that there wasn't a map selling place nearby, Shu walked down the street.
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on January 19, 2009, 10:56:34 AM
Venice noted the resemblance between the man in the picture and the Ronald from the ID place. It was almost creepy. He assumed that Ronald the ID man and the Ronald in the picture were related.
"Those two used to be great friends. But when an election was held in Sans Port to decide who would lead, Ronald won. Gerald was very jealous, since he had been the one who had done all the work and founded Sans Port. Even worse, Ronald exiled Gerald back to SooToo after securing Sans Port's affiliating with his homeland of Futura. Many believe that was the immediate cause between the war between Futura and SooToo. For SooToo to attack Sans Port, it needed Futura out of the way. Although, that may never happen. They are too strong for any of us to beat," Joan said.
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on January 19, 2009, 10:57:20 AM
Jason saw Ronald walk in with Harver and Jas. Being impatient, he walked over to them to see what was going on.
"A third person here for an ID?" Ronald gasped, pride for his country shown in his eyes. "This is grand! One at a time, now! Don't need anyone else getting into each other's pictures! Just sit right down, I'll take your picture, you can fill out your forms, and I'll have your IDs faster then you can say 'We love Sans Port!'. Though," he added, "I might wait around outside just to here you say it. Tickles my heart every time!"
QuoteRonald was waiting for his new customers on the 30th floor. When an attractive brunette with her boyfriend walked in, his face lit up. "Why hello there," he greeted. "I can only hope you are ready to get your IDs and become full-blooded Segasan citizens! I do presume you are very happy? Of course you are! Sans Port is a wonderful country! Who would ever want to leave it? And those who come here, realize the very same thing only moments after arriving at the harbor."
'The hell...? This guy must be on some meds... He's worse than SpongeBob.' Jas chooses to ignore the man's babble, puts on a smile and says, "Yes, we do want to get our IDs." The ninja wears her most innocent face, though she really just wants to burn the happiness off this fool. "When can we start on that?"
"Well sit on down, young lady," Ronald said with a smile. "And I'll just take some pictures. I've got some forms on the table for you guys to fill out. Just get your pictures done, fill out the forms, and I'll get you your IDs!"
Jas sits down in one of the seats, but doesn't think it's a good idea for this guy to take her picture. To her, he seems like the type who would hang it in his closet and worship it. She looks at the forms, then begins to fill it out...
((Wait, what was on it? >.< nvm))
Harver sits down in a seat adjacent to Jas, and begins to fill out his form as well. There's something wrong about this place... one thing's for sure; I'm not staying. Maybe one of the other countries is more hospitable... or maybe I'm just being paranoid again, and that guy is one of the few who acts crazy. Yeah. That's probably it.
NAME: Roy
AGE: 16
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE:(http://public4.tektek.org/img/av/0901/d19/1513/c16d949.png) (http://tektek.org/avatar/23461217)
- BIO: He just wants a place where he can play his musc uncontested. He wants a place to start his life over as a musician. He plays for emotion, and he plays for peace. Somehow, he always tends to get involved in things just by being at the wrong place at the wrong time. He wants to forget his past, and start anew here in Segasan
- ITEM: Electric Guitar ( With practice amp and pick)
- ITEM 2: A pair of Drum Sticks
- HOMELAND: A Distant island
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
Jas glances up at Harver. By just looking at him, she can tell that he doesn't like what's going on either, but she doesn't say anything. When she gets to the part that asks about her accomplishments, she leaves it blank. 'Why would they need to know that anyways?'
Jason slowly walks up to Harver and Jas. "Uh...." he muttered, not knowing what to say,"is this...the place to get ID's?"
Mira looked around, in case that guy showed up, but seeing as he didn't see him, he turned the page.
Shu was getting tired of walking around. He had tried many different buildings, but none seemed to carry a map.
Eventually, he happened upon the information building.
"That place HAS to have a map! And hey, I can get my ID here too!"
Shu rushed inside.
(( I don't know exactly WHAT the ID building place looks like... but... whatever.))
Quote from: Shujinco on January 19, 2009, 03:55:39 PM
Shu was getting tired of walking around. He had tried many different buildings, but none seemed to carry a map.
Eventually, he happened upon the information building.
"That place HAS to have a map! And hey, I can get my ID here too!"
Shu rushed inside.
(( I don't know exactly WHAT the ID building place looks like... but... whatever.))
(( It's the Town Hall. ))
"Here for your ID?" the secretary asked lazily towards Shu. "So many new people today..." She sighed before adding, "30th floor, talk to Ronald."
Quote from: Marth Xero on January 19, 2009, 02:18:15 PM
NAME: Roy
AGE: 16
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE:(http://public4.tektek.org/img/av/0901/d19/1513/c16d949.png) (http://tektek.org/avatar/23461217)
- BIO: He just wants a place where he can play his musc uncontested. He wants a place to start his life over as a musician. He plays for emotion, and he plays for peace. Somehow, he always tends to get involved in things just by being at the wrong place at the wrong time. He wants to forget his past, and start anew here in Segasan
- ITEM: Electric Guitar ( With practice amp and pick)
- ITEM 2: A pair of Drum Sticks
- HOMELAND: A Distant island
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
(( Accepted! And since you're character is a musician, how about some sheet music for your fabulous entry prize? *Throws some crumbled up sheet music at you* ))
As Ronald waited for them to finish filling out their forms so he could take their pictures, he began talking fondly of Sans Port. "You know, my friends, there is very little crime here in Sans Port. Unlike our neighboring Continents, Slander and Elementia, we don't welcome thieves with grandeur like Slander does. We also don't communicate with scum, like those Elementians... And maybe most of the country of SooToo... You both have chosen a fine place to come to!"
Ronald then turned to see Jason. "Hello lad, come to get your ID as well, I presume?"
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 19, 2009, 03:16:29 PM
Mira looked around, in case that guy showed up, but seeing as he didn't see him, he turned the page.
"Chapter Two - The Founding of Futura," the book continued. "The few dozen people from SooToo set off. At first, they were going east straight towards what is currently known as Sans Port, but back then wasn't settled. But instead, some crazy winds turned their ship. They began heading southeast towards Futura, and that is where they landed. the people were amazed by the floating levels of the land, and the rushing waterfall. They quickly discovered what was keeping each land up. The Four Elemental Rocks. And with these rocks, they found some Elementia people. There was some straining to befriend the Elementians, but things just weren't going well. Eventually, the SooToo people drove Elementia away with a great war, refusing to allow them to take their rocks home. As a last resort, before leaving, they used their powers to drive the rocks far into the ground, where no one could get to. The people of SooToo, now settling in Futura, attempted to learn the rocks powers. But, each rock was stuck deep within other rocks or impounded in the ground. No one had the strength to unleash them. The quest to unleash these rocks led to Futura's grand technological leap.
"Futura spent decades researching different things. They became very scientific, and created many weapons. They also made great things, like the hover car, flexible elevator, and more! But, they never shared their new creations with their old allies of SooToo. In fact, the people of Futura began thinking they were upper-class, too good for the SooToo scum. Not only that, but they began digging up the Elemental Rocks, and discovering their abilities! Soon, the people of Futura had elemental powers, and became prideful and stuck up, personality traits still found today in their kind. And it wasn't long before they began growing extremely disdainful of SooToo, who were pressuring them to get rid of the stones and give them back to Elementia. But with the stones, the people of Futura (named because of how futuristic their land was becoming because of their technological leap) were doing great things, magical things. They refused to give that up."
Chapter 2 is finished. Continue to 'A Growing Tension', skip to a random chapter, or put the book down?
"Ok, thanks, but... do you know where I can gert a map though?"
Quote from: Shujinco on January 19, 2009, 03:59:26 PM
"Ok, thanks, but... do you know where I can gert a map though?"
The secretary looked up. She rolled her eyes and sighed, pointing to some folded up maps in a little bin. "People from different continents... never able to use their eyes," she grumbled, looking back to her computer.
(( Here's a rundown of the country : First of all, think Delfino Square in Mario Sunshine. The right, lower half of the circular area of Sans Port has the harbor at the south. Right next to the harbor about 50 feet up is the Town Hall. Then there are pretty much museums and libraries interchanging from the southwest all the way up northwest. On the higher, right circle is a more suburban area with homes and such. ))
"OH! Thanks alot!"
Shu grabs a map and runs up the stairs.
Venice grew somewhat uneasy as the history lesson continued. The continent wasn't as peaceful as it seemed. He knew he wouldn't want to live here permanently.
Jason nodded. He sat down in a desk/chair. "May I see it now?" he politely asked.
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on January 19, 2009, 04:41:43 PM
Venice grew somewhat uneasy as the history lesson continued. The continent wasn't as peaceful as it seemed. He knew he wouldn't want to live here permanently.
"It's nearly three o' clock," Joan noted. "I guess this marks the end of today's tour. Come back another time for more information, or if you'd just like to chat." She smiled at Venice, before walking him back to the beginning of the museum.
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on January 19, 2009, 04:44:59 PM
Jason nodded. He sat down in a desk/chair. "May I see it now?" he politely asked.
"I'll just need to get a picture of you," Ronald said. He walked behind his camera and said, "Smile big, now!" There were a few clicks, and Ronald went to the computer. He had a picture of all three of them in his laptop now, and proceeded to print them all. "Just fill out the form on the table, like those two are doing," Ronald added, pointing at Jas and Harver. "I'll be back with your pictures in a moment!"
Mira turned to the next chapter.
Shu had already climbed 10 flights of stairs. He was feeling pretty exausted.
"THESE STAIRS *huff* NEVER *huff* END! I should have taken the elevator."
Climbing up one for flight of stairs, Shu entered the door, and started looking for an elevator.
"THERE'S ONE! *huff*" Shu pressed the button. When the door opened, he climbed in, and hit the 30 button.
After arriving, Shu stepped out of the elevator, and looked around for the place he was supposed to go.
Quote from: Shujinco on January 19, 2009, 04:52:48 PM
Shu had already climbed 10 flights of stairs. He was feeling pretty exausted.
"THESE STAIRS *huff* NEVER *huff* END! I should have taken the elevator."
Climbing up one for flight of stairs, Shu entered the door, and started looking for an elevator.
"THERE'S ONE! *huff*" Shu pressed the button. When the door opened, he climbed in, and hit the 30 button.
After arriving, Shu stepped out of the elevator, and looked around for the place he was supposed to go.
Ronald walked out with the printed pictures to see Shu standing, sweating, breathing deeply, in his room. "Ah, hello newcomer," Ronald greeted. "Here for an ID? Just sit down on that stool and I'll get your picture taken." Ronald would have quipped about how very few newcomers other countries get compared to Sans Port, but his boundless energy was fading. He needed a quick break, grab a drink, and put his feet up if only for a second.
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 19, 2009, 04:52:08 PM
Mira turned to the next chapter.
"Chapter Three - Growing Tensions," continued the book. "Elementia and SooToo discussed Futura's continued strength together. It seemed certain they would need to take those gems back. Once Futura learned of this alliance, they were quick to act. SooToo soon went through terrible earthquakes, Tsunamis, hurricanes, and thunderstorms. All caused, they decided, by Futura. Tensions grew as the people of SooToo soon had to evacuate their home. They went to Elementia, where they spent their time plotting against Futura. It would be another three years before they actually broke out into full-bred war."
Chapter Three is finished. Continue to Chapter Four 'War of the Worlds', skip to a random chapter, or stop reading?
Mira checked to see how many chapters were in that book.
"YES! Somewhere to sit!"
Shu sat on the stool.
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 19, 2009, 05:10:26 PM
Mira checked to see how many chapters were in that book.
There were about 20-30 chapters in the book.
Quote from: Shujinco on January 19, 2009, 05:11:10 PM
"YES! Somewhere to sit!"
Shu sat on the stool.
"Aha yes," Ronald said, snapping the picture. "You lucky bastard," he whispered under his breath, wishing he could take a moment to sit down. Within moments, he had Shu's picture printed out as well. "Just fill out the form on that table, lad," Ronald said when he got back, pointing to the form.
Mira looked outside to determine when he should depart to Solon's house.
Jas, who had finished her form, sits there, waiting for the creeper to return with her ID. She sighs, figuring that there is no point in complaining. This is only a small part of her vacation time, and she could try to enjoy the rest sometime, hopefully soon.
((Someone, call the doctor! Got a case of the bipolar! *Points at Ronald*))
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 19, 2009, 05:19:09 PM
Mira looked outside to determine when he should depart to Solon's house.
(( Can't remember if Solon gave a time to come earlier... Either way, the new time is below. ))
It was about three in the afternoon. Solon was hanging out by the Town Hall, waiting for Jas and Harver to come out. He checked the time, remembering he had to meet Mira and Venice at around six. "Still got some time... What's taking so long up there?" he wondered out loud.
Quote from: Sh0rTi on January 19, 2009, 05:20:19 PM
Jas, who had finished her form, sits there, waiting for the creeper to return with her ID. She sighs, figuring that there is no point in complaining. This is only a small part of her vacation time, and she could try to enjoy the rest sometime, hopefully soon.
((Someone, call the doctor! Got a case of the bipolar! *Points at Ronald*))
"Good, you're done!" Ronald exclaimed, snatching both Jas and Harver's forms. He left for a moment, coming back about ten minutes later with their IDs. He handed them out with a weary smile, then plopped down at his desk, waiting for Shu and Jason to complete their forms.
Jason sat down and began answering the questions. Unlike Harver/Jas/Solon/Venice/Mira, he had a rather easy time filling it out. When he handed back to Ronald, however, he saw that Ronald was very tired because of all of the people that were coming in. "Wow," Jason joked,"you look...tired."
"Tired?" Ronald repeated, jumping up from his desk. "Why of course not! I was just marveling at how lucky I am to be living in a place like this. In a place like this, how could I ever become tired?" He chuckled, feeling better after promoting his grand country some more. "I'll be back in a jiff with your ID!"
When he came back, he gave the laminated ID to Jason. "There you go, Jason," he said, knowing his name after reading the form. "Enjoy Sans Port, and the citizenship that comes with it!" That left Shu and then Ronald would be able to get a break. Until then, he perked up and waited his tiredness out.
While leaving, Jason chuckled at Ronald's odd behavior. When he got out of the building, he quietly walked to the nearest bench and sat down. He then took everything out of his pockets. A book, a flashlight, an ID, and....nothing. Jason sighed, reali-ng he had left ALL of his money back home, BACK HOME. ((What type of money do we use, again?))
Mira turned to the book, turning the page to the next chapter.
"Great," Harver said, looking at his ID. "Should we be off now?"
(( We'll stick with gold/silver/bronze coins. Gold = $100, silver = $50, and bronze = $10 ))
Solon turned and saw that kid he had seen from Crescent Island walk out of the Town Hall. He was sitting by a bench that had a good view of the Town Hall, and looked bored, alone, and broke. Solon walked over and sat down next to him.
"Hi, I'm Solon," he greeted, holding a hand out. "I think I've seen you from Crescent Island. Sorry if I'm mistaken though, I haven't been there in almost three years now."
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 19, 2009, 05:45:19 PM
Mira turned to the book, turning the page to the next chapter.
"Chapter Four - 'War of the Worlds'," the book read. "It was a depressing time. Elementia fought against Futura with their own, more trained and stabilized, elements. No side was getting anywhere. Elementia, along with SooToo, found the land that is now Sans Port, and was using it for a battleground. There was fire from both sides. Eventually, Futura began using their technology to beat Elementia. It seemed like SooToo was going to lose. But, when all hope seemed lost, help came from two young men who didn't want to fight: Gerald Sans and Ronald Port the 2nd."
Chapter Four is finished. Continue to Chapter Five 'Discovering Sans Port', skip to a random chapter, or stop reading?
Mira looked outside to check the time yet again, just to keep tabs on the time, so he doesn't keep reading longer than he should.
"Probably not," Jason replied, shaking Solon's hand. "I'm Jason."
It was past four o' clock now, nearing five.
Solon grinned and shook hands. "Nice to meet you, Jason," Solon said. "So, what brings you to Sans Port?"
"I....don't really know. I....have this dream. A dream about doing something...something great."
Better early than late. Mira set the book down, making his way towards Solon's house.
Shu sat down. Trying hard to complete this form the best he could without leading on that he was a thief.
"Occupation? Uh... Carptenter, yeah, and, uh... Hometown, uh... Land of Emit. That's gotta score me some points. And um.."
Shu continued to lie on his form, until he was eventually done. He hoped he wouldn't have to remember all of this.
Quote from: LightningSword on January 19, 2009, 05:49:55 PM
"Great," Harver said, looking at his ID. "Should we be off now?"
"Yeah, we should go," Jas says, heading out the door at a brisk pace. "Now, before the bipolar guy snaps," she mumbles, going down the hall, towards the elevator. Once she gets out the door, she looks around, wondering where they should head next.
Quote from: Shujinco on January 19, 2009, 06:07:18 PM
Shu sat down. Trying hard to complete this form the best he could without leading on that he was a thief.
"Occupation? Uh... Carptenter, yeah, and, uh... Hometown, uh... Land of Emit. That's gotta score me some points. And um.."
Shu continued to lie on his form, until he was eventually done. He hoped he wouldn't have to remember all of this.
Ronald quickly, without saying a word, took Shu's form and picture, made it into an ID, then came back. "Ah, the last one," he sighed, handing Shu's ID to him. "Thank God... I need a break."
Solon was about to reply when he saw Mira walking out of the library. "I know what you mean about doing something great. I remember back when I was in Slander... And I... I heard about those people who destroyed the Dead Men. Man, if I could do something great like that..." Solon took a moment to pause, then he grinned. "But, maybe you can do something great with yourself, Jason. You seem like a nice enough fellow. I may have the remedy for your dreams." Solon took out a small piece of paper with his address on it and handed it to Jason. "If you ever feel like chasing those dreams of yours, this might be the place to start looking. It was nice talking to you, but I've got to go."
After their exchange, and without waiting for a reaction, Solon stood up and walked away. He saw out of the corner of his eye Harver and Jas leaving the Town Hall. He stopped, staring at them for only a moment. Memories filled him, and for a second he was frowning, then smiling, then frowning again.
'You almost forget how long it's been, until those memories hit you in the face again...' he thought to himself. But then he turned away, and began walking after Mira, allowing the crowds to hide him from view once again.
When Mira made it to Solon's house, he turned around and saw Solon. "So besides Venice, who else can we expect to come?" Mira asked.
"Perhaps a kid from Crescent Island named Jason," Solon said. "And... There are two others that I need to have a little reunion with." He took out a key and opened his door. "My house is pretty dingy and small. Don't have that big of an income here," Solon added as he walked in. It was a small one story home that opened into a room with a bean bag chair, TV, and a mini-fridge that held some beers and left overs. There was a small bathroom behind the door to the front, and a small bedroom to the left. The kitchen opened up in the front, which had a stove, microwave, some cabinets, and a bigger fridge. To the right was a closet.
"Welcome to my humble abode."
Mira stepped into the house. "Nice house you got here." Mira said, looking around.
"Hey, that didn't take long!"
Shu jumped up, took his ID, thanked Ronald, and headed for the elevator. Pushing the ground floor button, he hopped in, wondering Now what?.
He was thinking of going to Monte Island and find somebody to mooch off of, but Futura looked good too. Then, of course, he could always just stay here and pick-pocket the newcomers!
The elevator landed, and Shu walked out of the building, still wondering what to do.
After that weird conversation, Jason sat back down. "I wonder...if I can trust Solon," he thought. "Without further discussion, he put his book and flashlight back in his pocket. He slowly got up and noticed something shiny on the street. Jason bent down to pick it up. It was 1 Bronze. "Well," Jason chuckled,"this is a good way to tell. Heads:Solon. Tails:.....Solon." Jason chuckled at that thought. He put the coin in his pocket and proceded to walk to Solon's home.
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on January 19, 2009, 06:43:41 PM
Mira stepped into the house. "Nice house you got here." Mira said, looking around.
Solon chuckled. "It does what I need it to do," he said. "Um, I think I can trust you, besides I don't have anything important in here to steal... Mind if I leave you here alone for a minute? If anyone else comes, just let them in and tell them to relax." Solon headed back towards the door, ready to search for Jas and Harver, now that he was sure he had seen them.
"Will do."
About 5 minutes later, Jason arrived at Solon's house. After walking up to the door, he knocked on it.
Mira answered the door. "Come in." Mira said, as he stepped away from the open door, allowing Jason to come in.
Venice checked the time, and since he had nothing better to do, decided to head for Solon's house early. He departed from the museum and headed for the specified address. He reached it quickly and knocked on the door, resisting the urge to break in and steal all of Solon's belongings.
Mira opened the door again. "Hey there! Come in." Mira said, allowing Venice to come in.
"Thanks," said Venice, entering Solon's humble abode. "Where's Solon? And who's the other guy?"
At the second question, he gestured toward Jason.
"Solon went out to do something." Mira told Venice. "As for the other guy, he's some kid named Jason. Right?" Mira asked Jason.
"Great," said Venice, skipping the introductions. "I'm gonna loot Solon's fridge now."
With that, be went to the fridge and pulled out a beer and leftovers.
Harver walked out next to Jas, breathing in the air once again. "So," he said after a brief moment, "have we any idea of where to go next?"
Solon made it back to the Town Hall quickly. Now he walked slowly through the crowds, noting Jas and Harver standing in front of the Town Hall.
((You guys (T_L and Person) should slow down.))
"Yes," Jason replied,"my name's Jason. And yours is?"
"You would think there would be some sort of hotel," Jas says looking around, only to see museums and the like. "They can't seriously expect people who are supposed to be visiting to stay here forever."
((Just following character)).
"I go by Mira." Mira told Jason.
Solon could hear what the two were talking about by now, and walked near them. He leaned against the Town Hall and said, "They've got hotels and homes on the other side of town, if you'd like to go there."
"Nice to meet you, Mira," Jason respectfully said.
"The very same."
"Thanks, I-" Jas stops, knowing that she's heard that voice before. How could she forget it? 'Solon!?' She snaps her fingers, casting a small lightning spell on him. The gloves she wears channels the magic. "That's for disappearing on us."
"Ow! Hey!" Solon yelped, jumping into the air. He landed in a pile on the ground, only to quickly get back up onto his feet. "Wow, what a nice greeting, thanks Jas." But then he chuckled. "You haven't changed a bit."
"I see you've changed a bit though," Jas says, turning around, and looking at the blond behind her. "You didn't fall once since you've seen us," she starts laughing a bit, remembering quite a few of the things that her friend tripped over.
OoC// Whoa, sorry about the late start.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Z2C6A7u8-sI
IC//
The ship Roy was on approached the harbor. "Could this really be the place to start over? I sure hope life will be better here than back... there.." Roy tried to lighten the mood by playing a song from his past. He let the music flow through his emotions as the boat pulled into shore...
Quote from: Sh0rTi on January 20, 2009, 07:37:32 PM
"I see you've changed a bit though," Jas says, turning around, and looking at the blond behind her. "You didn't fall once since you've seen us," she starts laughing a bit, remembering quite a few of the things that her friend tripped over.
"Yeah, well," Solon started, scratching the back of his head, "the more you practice the concept of walking, the better you get at it." He grinned, never thinking he'd ever get a chance to talk to Harver or Jas again. "Uh, so, you two... What's the relationship status? Do I hear wedding bells, or is that just my head echoing again?"
"Comical as ever, Solon," Harver noted before the blond man changed the subject.
((Finally got our Sim Adventures done. [spoiler]http://www.2shared.com/file/4694045/9f8a3c84/DMDTS.html DL Password = epicpwn[/spoiler]))
"I think you're hearing things," Jas grins a bit. "It's been one long-ass time, but it hasn't been THAT long. What're you doing here anyways?"
(( Wow, Harver really broke out of character there XD. My parts were the best of course :). MOAR NOW. ))
"Me?" Solon repeated. "Uh, just, you know... things. And stuff. Well, what are you two doing here? If it's not a honeymoon, then is it a romantic getaway?" Solon asked, teasing them further.
Roy walked off the boat into the city. He got some interested looks from other people, his guitar stood out. Well, I have absolutely no idea what to do next, but I did here something about needing an ID... Roy looked around for what could be called the "main" building, finding one that looked promising he walked in.
An annoyed-looking secretary was sitting at a desk. Roy walked up "Hello, I'm new here and I'm not sure what exactly I need to do..." Roy said emotionless.
"Sure, you keep on telling yourself that," Harver said. In all truth, the fact that we met each other here was mere chance, but... I won't let him on to that yet.
((EDIT: Just watched the video. Hooray for Harver ooc-ness! XD The part that made me crack up was the whole like/dislike thing between Jas and Venice.))
Quote from: Marth Xero on January 21, 2009, 05:02:42 PM
Roy walked off the boat into the city. He got some interested looks from other people, his guitar stood out. Well, I have absolutely no idea what to do next, but I did here something about needing an ID... Roy looked around for what could be called the "main" building, finding one that looked promising he walked in.
An annoyed-looking secretary was sitting at a desk. Roy walked up "Hello, I'm new here and I'm not sure what exactly I need to do..." Roy said emotionless.
The secretary sighed, and pointed to the map of the building, which showed that the 30th floor did the IDs.
Quote from: LightningSword on January 21, 2009, 06:22:15 PM
"Sure, you keep on telling yourself that," Harver said. In all truth, the fact that we met each other here was mere chance, but... I won't let him on to that yet.
((EDIT: Just watched the video. Hooray for Harver ooc-ness! XD The part that made me crack up was the whole like/dislike thing between Jas and Venice.))
(( I vote that in the next installment, we talk about how Solon has a lot to brag about, when he goes downtown and picks up girls. ))
"Why, did you guys get a letter, too?" Solon asked, slipping up instantly. "Er, I
will keep telling myself... that... the thing you said before... Yeah, that thing. Wait, what?"
'Crap, he has the upper-hand now! I've confused myself... Uh, just don't let him onto that... Say something 'cool',' Solon thought. "...Word."
'Damn it! That hasn't been in style for years! I'm getting my decades all mixed up now...'
"... What letter?" A small electric ball forms in Jas' hands as she asks the question. "You don't have to tell us. Your choice."
((Wait, BoA, do you KNOW how long it took me to make that one? It might be a while before another one. Dx But yeah, Harver OOcness = funny.))
(( I know, I know... I'll be patient... ;-; ))
"Whoa, whoa, whoa," Solon said, hands up, backing away from Jas. "I-It's nothing to get all 'elemental-y' about. Calm down, calm down... I'm actually, well I was looking for people like you guys. If your gonna force it out of me like that, then let me cut to the chase. I'm holding a meeting, at my house, now. You can follow me back, and I'll tell you everything then. Sound good?"
"Heh, I thought so," Jas grins, and makes the electric ball disappear. "People like us, hm? I'm up to seein' what type of scheme you got into this time. It's been too long since I had any fun. Lead the way."
Solon grinned and beckoned them to follow. "Try and keep up, and you'll see!" he shouted back, breaking into a run and disappearing through the crowd.
"This will certainly be interesting," Harver said in a low voice to Jas. He began to follow Solon through the crowd, barely keeping up with a speed walk.
"Wonder if there's a reason he doesn't want us seen with him," Jas slides her way through the crowds, fangs gleaming in the streetlights. Already adrenaline starts to rush as she shadows Solon.
Solon made a dash for an alleyway and hopped over the wooden fence, landing on the other side. He tripped and landed on all fours, only to quickly get up and keep running. He began jogging up a hill, making him easier to see. Once he made it to the top, he took a moment to stop and look down at his house. It was the small white shack in the beginning of the street. Making sure he was visible, he sprinted down the hill, running towards his house.
"Crap!" he gasped, continuing to run at an incredible speed. "Can't... STOP!" There was a bang as he hit his smashed into his house and landed flat on his back, in a complete daze.
Jason heard the sound of the impact and quickly opened the front door. "Solon? Are you...uh...alright?"
Solon couldn't reply, he was too busy watching the pretty stars dancing in front of him. He did manage a groan though, and eventually, he said, "Yeah... me... fine... be there... soon..."
Mira jumped up to evaluate the situation. "Ermmmmm... Let me know if you need help." Mira went back to where he was.
Jason couldn't help but laughing. "Wow. Running into your front door...Anyways, why were you running?"
Solon stood up, clutching his head. "Um, racing?" he replied. He walked inside and plopped down on the couch. "Two more people are coming, after that, we'll start this meeting and I'll tell you guys every-" Solon noticed some of his food and drink gone. "...Venice... You suck..."
"Venice....." Jason thought. "So that's his name."
((Funny how the Venice Sim ate Solon's food too. xD))
Jas hears a crash not too long after she sees Solon run down the hill. "Go figure..." A few minutes later, she comes across the broken in door. Jas steps over it, letting herself in. "It only takes one Solon to make the world tumble over..."
"I'd say so," Jason replied, still laughing. He looked at Jas. "And you are?"
Solon has an icepack on his head, and a tissue over his bleeding nose. "It's a special talent that only a few possess. Just be glad I use it on myself instead of taking it out on others," Solon said, wiping the rest of the blood away and throwing away the tissue. "You should be thanking me, or maybe bowing down to me, instead of laughing at this feature you accept as 'clumsiness'."
((I feel like MXero. )). "Do....all of you know each other?"
"Or maybe I could do this," Jas starts poking at Solon's forehead. "I wonder how long it would take you to fall over. It shouldn't take too long if I keep doing this, given how off your center of gravity is." She looks at the person who just ask a question. "We know each other. Maybe a little bit too well, but we still know each other"
"H-" Jason started, but stopped. He figured he shouldn't get into their matters.
"Didn't you say someone about an adventure earlier?" Mira asked.
Harver chuckled at the now slightly bleeding Solon, and Jas's making fun of him. Just like old times... makes me feel older.
"More?" Jason thought, half out loud. "I really think we better rent an additional place to stay."
"I've got," Solon started, swatting at Jas's hand, "that all figured out..." He ducked from Jas's pokes, and added, "I may or may not have other places of interest to use." He sat back down on the couch and looked around. "Well, you guys are all here. It must be destiny that you guys all showed up just in time! I've been searching for people who aren't from this continent to talk to." Solon took a moment to relax before talking again, this time his answer directed at Mira. "Yes, I was talking about something of the likes... If you guys are really up for the challenge, I could use the assistance. I'm going to tell you everything, and if you are in, then stay, if you don't think you can handle it, the door is that way," Solon said, pointing at the cracked door.
"Solon," Jas flicks the said blond's nose before going to sit down so she can listen. "I don't see any door there. There's nothin' but a mess. I'm ready to listen when you're ready to speak."
"Same here."
"Nothing else to do. I'm in."
"Another adventure seems in order," Harver said, smiling. "Count me in."
Solon grinned and nodded. "Well, first of all, the reason I left three years ago... was because of this note." Solon took a small, crumbled up piece of paper out of his pocket. It read: How can you kill what is already dead? He showed it to all of them before continuing. "I got this 3 weeks after we defeated the Dead Men. And it didn't stop there. I got clues and hints, all leading me here, to Segasan. I figured that this is where the person who has been sending me letters is from, and must also be where the Dead Men are hiding!
"We thought we had destroyed them all that day, but we had only gotten rid of team in Slander. I think there are more out there, hiding, getting stronger. And... I think they may want revenge," Solon concluded. He had so much to tell, but in so little time. He wondered how much to share right off the bat, and how much to save for a later date.
"So what do you want us to do?" Mira asked. "How much information have you gotten since then?"
"Hold up," Harver said. "More Dead Men than the ones we already defeated? We purged Slander of them, and now you're saying there's more?" He sighed, realizing they were in for more than they had bargained for. "Does this mean... there are more gems as well?"
"I'm not sure," was Solon's answer to both questions. "Someone has contacted me, and this person has brought me here. Every once in a while, they send me a new letter, giving me more tasks to do. First, I needed to come to Segasan, next I needed to get an ID, find a house, find a base, the last note told me to gather others to help me. The note said that the next tasks would be much more troublesome, and take more manpower, effort, and skill then the last ones. But, this guy is very secretive. He has me burning all the notes after I find them, and seems to know what I'm doing at all times, even though I've never once seen him.
"So, I don't know what's going to happen next. All I know is this guy seems to know something that he's not telling me, and the only way to find out what it is, is by playing his little game. If you're interested, the next clue should be coming any day now, now that I've finally rounded up some people. Oh, but, we have to stay very secretive. The government here would not be pleased with us if they new about our little meetings, even if it is for the better. If it really is the Dead Men, they may have ties farther in the system then we know."
"A corrupt Dubbya government," Jas says. There's no getting her to back out of this now. "A government that's probably corrupted by the Dead Men. That's even worse," She sighs, then folds her arms. "Overthrowing and rebelling, one of my specialties. Before I got my ID, I heard something about the countries being at war from a passing tour group. Think we can start there, or is that already covered?"
OoC// Can my ID making process go by quickly, I'm so far behind >_>
IC//
"Thank you, ma'am." She looks like she gets these kind of people a lot, must be fun job, having to deal with clueless newcomers all the time. Roy took a closer look at the building map. Is there anything else worth interest in this building?
"I'll wait to see what this person wants." Mira said, clearly hiding another thought to go along with that one.
"Woah," Jason thought,"these men and girl fought the Dead Men."
"How do you know?" Mira asked, as if Jason's thought were actual words. "Oh wait..."
"Yeah. Kinda "new" to me still. Oh well. I need an adventure anyways. Might as well spend it with you guys."
Quote from: Marth Xero on January 23, 2009, 04:16:09 PM
OoC// Can my ID making process go by quickly, I'm so far behind >_>
IC//
"Thank you, ma'am." She looks like she gets these kind of people a lot, must be fun job, having to deal with clueless newcomers all the time. Roy took a closer look at the building map. Is there anything else worth interest in this building?
(( Sure thing. ))
The building had mostly different offices, departments, and historical sections to it that were used more for people who worked there, or needed help from one of their firms.
(( If you want to skip the whole process, and just walk out with your new ID, that's fine. ))
"Hey guys," said Venice, deciding to jump into the conversation. "If the Dead Men are after another set of gems, there's four of them in a museum here in Sans Port. Supposedly, they don't have any power now, but still..."
He trailed off.
OoC// Thank you, that'll make things easier.
IC//
Roy walked out of the building, thankfully the whole identification process went by pretty quickly. Well, now what? I don't have anywhere to stay, or food, or... anything. Just like old time, somethings never change, huh? Roy found an open square with civilians walking to and from wherever they need to go. I can always play, maybe somebody will donate to my cause, not likely but I don't have anything better to do. Roy walked to a side of the open area, opened up his guitar and started to play. He pulled out his old sign, reading. "Donations greatly appreciated." from his case, and set up a little thing for himself. I sure hope there's not a law or anything against this kind of stuff... Oh well, I'll worry about that if someone gets mad at me.
OoC// http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=by8oyJztzwo
A crunch is heard as these other gems are mentioned. Jas had bit down on her candy maybe a little too hard. "Other gems!? Hmmgh..." 'At least it seems to be a start...'
"When did you get candy?" Mira asked, noting the crunch. "Oh right. Those gems? Why are their powers dormant?" Mira asked.
"I don't know. I don't think the museum lady said," said Venice with a shrug.
"Maybe the museum lady wouldn't know," Jas says, finishing off one of the many suckers she has with her. "This seems like the type of place where the government hides things, and people go around oblivious." Then she remembers something, and suddenly there's a small flame in her hand. 'If they bring up that stupid joke again, they won't see the start of whatever we're gettin' into.'
"True," conceded Venice. He was on the verge of saying that Jas was oblivious, but felt that it would be better for his health if he didn't. "So what do we do?"
Jason remained quiet, knowing if he said something, he might get kicked out.
((Oh, man, sorry I haven't been here I accedentaly broke my dad's $700 TV, so I am kinda grounded from the computer. Also, if someone can summarize what went on, that would be nice. OH so nice.))
Shu walked around Sans Port. He still didn't know what to do, weither he wanted to stay here, or go somewhere else. Until eventually running across a district of Sans Port that seemed to be filled with museums and liabraries and the like. Shu was EXTREAMLY bored, so he decided to walk into one of those museums.
"If I can get something valuable in here, well, that would be a good start!"
Shu was half hoping to see some sort of weapon, half wanting to kill time.
((Would there BE any weapons in these museums? Cause I kinda want to snatch one! >:D ))
Quote from: Shujinco on January 24, 2009, 09:35:04 PM
((Oh, man, sorry I haven't been here I accedentaly broke my dad's $700 TV, so I am kinda grounded from the computer. Also, if someone can summarize what went on, that would be nice. OH so nice.))
Shu walked around Sans Port. He still didn't know what to do, weither he wanted to stay here, or go somewhere else. Until eventually running across a district of Sans Port that seemed to be filled with museums and liabraries and the like. Shu was EXTREAMLY bored, so he decided to walk into one of those museums.
"If I can get something valuable in here, well, that would be a good start!"
Shu was half hoping to see some sort of weapon, half wanting to kill time.
((Would there BE any weapons in these museums? Cause I kinda want to snatch one! >:D ))
(( A few weapons may be inside the museum, like old Futura ones, but they are most likely broken or whatever makes them work has been dislocated. As for a summary, hm, let me think...
A bunch of people got together in Solon's house to discuss some things, while maybe one or two people are still roaming the city. Sorry, but I can't quite remember where you left off. But there isn't much you need to know, as you'll learn later on anyway. ))
"Hey, this place is perfect for J-" Solon started, but stopped himself as quickly as he could. "Um, I'd just like to mention that I'm the only person this mystery guy will contact. So, in case anyone was thinking of doing anything specifically harmful to me, uh, they shouldn't. That'd
jas be wrong." Solon replaced the word 'just' with 'jas', staring right at her as he talked.
'I hope the person I'm referring to isn't oblivious to what I'm saying,' Solon thought, then chuckled lightly to himself.
"Ha. Funny. Don't push your luck, Solon," the fireball in Jas' hand has now gotten slightly bigger. She lightly tosses it up and down, and could potentially throw it at any time.
"Ok, ok," Solon said, holding up his hands in defeat. "Settle down." Then there was a short knock on the beaten down door, and a small piece of paper that would normally have been slipped through the mail slot was placed on top of the rubble. "It's here," Solon stated before walking over to pick the letter up.
"What does it say?" Mira asked.
OoC// You know, now would be a perfect time for someone to walk out, and see me jammin.
IC//
Getting a few ineterested looks, Roy decided to keep playing. I need to give them something more interesting, maybe they'll like this.
OoC// http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9eYmIHed7xI
Have I got anyone's attention yet? D=
((Where are you?))
OoC// Just some open, 'main', square somewhere. If this is supposed to be like Delfino Harbor then it would be either out by the statue or in the market area, or by the beach with that other statue thing '>_>
(( I'd suggest having your character walk towards the town where the houses are, playing his music. That way he can easily get the attention of the gang. ))
Solon read the note. "It says, 'You'll need more if you want to be successful. But for now, this pack will do. I want some things from you, and listen very carefully, you must not be caught. And no one can know about anything. Understand me? Nothing here can be let out. Now, if you've understood this concept, there is something that I want somewhere on this island. Your first mission is to get me the Four Elemental Gems. Do as I say, and hide them in your base. If you succeed, you'll get my next note shortly.' And that's it," Solon concluded.
"Lovely." Mira said. "So how's the security here?"
"Good enough that we'd need an entire team to break in anywhere," Solon replied, still staring at the note. 'Damn, this is going to be a difficult task... And I have a feeling there will be harder ones to come. Better show off my thieving skills, and prove to this guy I can do this!' Solon thought, a look of determination in his eyes.
"Looks like we should start planning..."
Shu looked around the museum. He had hoped there was some sort of weapon he could snatch, but they all seemed broken or useless. He really wanted to steal something, but he also wanted to make it worth it.
((Hey, Birdie, what would the MOST VALUABLE thing in this museum be?))
(( Those Four Elemental Gems XD. ))
Joanna, one of the young museum workers, walked up to Shu. "Ah, you are in need of a guide, I see," she said, walking next to him. "I'm sorry we've kept you so long, we've been rather busy lately."
((I can see a Sly Cooper heist in the making. xD))
'What is this, Eagle Eye? We're taking directions from some mysterious person... thing... and we don't even know what it is...' Jas has only heard the first few sentences, but she already doesn't trust the sender. 'If he wasn't falling, Solon was always trusting somebody way too easily... Still, Elemental Gems. After what we just went through, I guess these really can't be ignored.'
"So how can we determine what the sender has in mind?" Mira asked, taking Jas' thoughts for words.
"What do you mean?" Solon asked, forgetting about Mira's ability to read people's minds. "He gave us all the info we need right here on this slip of paper."
"A heist, huh?" Harver questioned, taking all of the information in. And here I thought I was going on vacation... "Hm... not my forte. Still, the note doesn't say that we have to get the job done quickly. We have a good deal of time on our hands to come up with a plan."
"How do we know the person giving you these notes is even trustworthy?" asked Venice.
"That's what I wanna know," Jas says, agreeing with Venice for once. "And-" she realizes that Mira read her mind once again. She forgot that he tends to do that "Hey, will you stop doing that!" The fanged woman flicks a fireball at the other ninja. "It's kinda creepy knowing that my thoughts ain't private here."
"Why he's trustworthy?" Solon repeated, mulling it over. "I dunno, I guess I just have this feeling that he is. We might as well trust him, I mean, there's nothing else we can do just yet."
Mira put his arms up to block the fireball, rolling back when it made contact. "But you did have a point there." He said.
"Uh... thank you... miss. I guess."
"Well," Jason responded, making sure he didn't offend anyone,"I say we do it. After all, what great way to enjoy a vacation then to steal stuff." By the end of his post, he's talking rather sarcastically, but still kind of serious.
Quote from: Shujinco on January 29, 2009, 08:19:57 PM
"Uh... thank you... miss. I guess."
"No problem," she said, turning to leave the room. "Come on, we can start our tour on the other side of the museum."
Quote from: JNeedForSpeed2014 on January 29, 2009, 11:20:10 PM
"Well," Jason responded, making sure he didn't offend anyone,"I say we do it. After all, what great way to enjoy a vacation then to steal stuff." By the end of his post, he's talking rather sarcastically, but still kind of serious.
"Great!" Solon exclaimed. "Then it's decided. We can start planning later on, and hopefully have a fool's proof plan soon enough that we can steal those gems!" Solon looked around, thinking for a moment. "Well, you guys can stay here if you'd like. It'd be good if we were close for contact."
Quote from: Birdie of Aces on January 30, 2009, 12:55:08 PM
Quote from: Shujinco on January 29, 2009, 08:19:57 PM
"Uh... thank you... miss. I guess."
"No problem," she said, turning to leave the room. "Come on, we can start our tour on the other side of the museum."
Shu followed the lady, a little disappointed that he had to walk, MORE.
But that was of no consequence. Shu figured that if there was anything valuable that was worth stealing, she would probably tell him about it.
"Good," Jason replied. "But as for now, I think I need to learn a few names."
OoC// I need to find a cool, suspense-filled song to play during the thievery 8)
IC//
Roy decided that he wasn't getting enough attention here, so he started walking into town playing his music.
These people are boring, seriously. Roy thought to himself as he watched the uninterested townsfolk abide by their daily business.
OoC// http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dgmf0iSWflA
"Oh yeah, well I'm Sol-" he stopped mid-sentence when he heard music coming from outside. 'Hey, that's good music... No one here has that kind of talent... Must be another foreigner!' Solon thought, darting outside. He quickly noticed Roy playing his guitar, and walked up to him.
"That's some good skills you've got there," he complimented. "Perhaps I could pay you to play at my home? You aren't from around here, right?"
Jason sighed, realizing for the first time Solon's short attention span.
Venice smirked as Solon ran off.
"I'm Venice," he said, introducing himself to Jason, whilst raiding Solon's fridge for more beer.
"Pleased to meet you, Venice," was the reply. "I see you should be able to help us steal those gems after you stole all of that alcohol."
Roy doesn't answer and just keeps playing while he stares pointedly at his open guitar case and the donations sign.
I know it seems kind of demanding and stubborn, but I'm dead broke.
"Oh right, right," Solon replied, hastily tossing in two gold coins. "There's more where that came from back in my house. You look like the perfect distract- er, guy that we need. We could use a guy like you in our band." Solon only hesitated for half a second before saying 'band', and he now coolly looked at Roy for his answer.
"I'd really enjoy it if you'd come in for a moment for a quick audition," he added. "There's some beer, and more money for your troubles."
OoC// Well, this ought to be interesting...
IC//
Roy stopped playing abruptly and looked up at Solon. He doesn't look like much of a musician, is he the manager?
Quietly, Roy said "I've always been more of a solo artist, but if you can get me interested enough I'll glady consider joining this band of yours." He took the guitar off of his shoulders and placed it in the case, after pocketing the gold coins.
"Lead the way."
Solon's pad was only a couple houses down. He brushed aside the broken door, commenting, "Minor accident getting the drums to fit through the door..." Solon coughed, clearing away the rubbish so it wasn't even on his lawn anymore. "Anyway, this is my home, and here are the other band mates, hanging around." Solon gestured towards all the others sitting around in his room. "Help yourself to some beer in the fridge."
Bandmates? Harver questioned in his mind as Solon and his new friend walked through the door. What is he planning this time?
Mira smiled at the idea.
OoC// That was quick
IC//
"No thank you, I don't drink alcohol." Roy said unemotionally. And he could be trying to drug me. Roy had never been the most trusting person, numerous lies and frauds took place in his childhood. Roy took a quick look around this messy room. There is no room to play anything in here, be cautious...
"The only thing you need to be cautious about is Solon." Mira told Roy, taking his thoughts for words.
'Band...?' Jas blinks a couple of times because of Solon calling them his band mates, then ends up having one completely random thought. 'Haha, because these chicks don't even know the name of my band!' She starts singing the random song in her head a bit, now that she was reminded of it.
((Couldn't help it. xD http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xf4UIXNy0VQ))
Jason chuckled at the thought of him and the rest of the gang being in a band. Well, maybe Jas, but not anyone else.
((Lol, Sh0rTi, I know that song.))
OoC// Oh lord, please not rap D: And we can't really rap as band, there's no guitar :'(
IC//
Roy looked at Mira strangely, then just shrugged it off. "Ok then, should we get started? I'm ready whenever."
Finding nothing else to do, Roy turned the volume low and started playing to himself.
OoC// http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_KzwUVwsch8
"Heh," Jason smirked. "You're pretty good. What else can you play?"
"Okay, let me introduce you to the group," Solon said. "Um, this is Jas, she's our singer. We also have a male singer, that's..." Solon took a second to scan around the room. "Um, that's Mira. Venice over there does our media covering... Harver, right there, is co-manager with me. We've also got our drums played by Jason, and... Yeah, that's it, I think." Solon blinked a couple times, thinking. "Harver and I do all the listening to new talents and adding them to the group. We're currently looking for a guitarist and bass guitarist. And... If you're wondering why you can't find any of our equipment 'round here, well that's cause we just moved into this house, and the stuff has yet to be moved into this apartment..." Solon himself was starting to believe this lie now, and it took him a moment to remind himself he wasn't some hot-shot lawyer, but rather a lowly thief.
"So, what's-your-name, how about shredding that guitar with another good tune?"
Shu reached what seemed like the begining of the tour, mostly because the lady had FINALLY stopped walking. He had ended up in a room full of stuff that he wasn't really familiar with.
"So... what's in this room?"
(( :O you forgot about me Birdie!))
Jason inwardly sighed, trying to play along with the joke. "So....what else can you play?"
OoC// We need to get Felldohs to come back and play Bass for us xD
IC//
He seems unsure of himself. "Uh... sure.." Roy said, starting to feel like this wasn't all it's been said to be. Whatever, if they want me to play, I'll play. "You guys really want to see what I can do?" Roy cranked up the volume, which wasn't all that impressive on just a measly practice amp, and started to REALLY play.
OoC// woo, finally something fun. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2Ts04ZRszUw
"Well," Jason remarked, impressed,"you have my vote."
((
QuoteOoC// Oh lord, please not rap D: And we can't really rap as band, there's no guitar
Shows what you know. Synthesizers don't HAVE to be used in Rap/Urban music. =P 'Sides, Jas' specialty is R&B and she'd be mad if she didn't get a say in what they perform.))
"Hm?" Jas looks up as the guitar is played. "That's pretty darn beast," she glances at Solon, and decides to keep going along with whatever plan that just popped out of his head.
'But why is Solon just randomly dragging him into this? The only thing I could think of would be to use this band thing as a cover up for what we really gotta do... so nobody would suspect us.'
Jason looked at Jas. "Thinking of anything?" he softly says."Solon wouldn't really start a band, would he?"
"You say he wouldn't do it," Jas responds in the same quiet manner. "You wouldn't think so, but he would. I've known him long enough to know."
Jason chuckled, looking back at Solon.
"You have a point there."
Slowly walking back towards the new "band" member, Jason simply asked, "So, Mr.Manager, what'd you do with our instruments?"
(( Ah, sorry! Was checking through the last posts as I was typing, so I didn't see yours. ))
"Very nice! You're in, if you want to be," Solon said as he clapped. Then he turned to Jason and replied, looking only slightly out of place, "Oh, don't worry bout that. I've got them... back at the old place... I'll stop by later tonight to bring them back..."
The room was filled with pictures and contracts in frames and glass that looked rather old. The lady stopped to drone on about some heritage of Sans Port.
(( Don't feel like repeating it XD. If you want to know, just look back some pages or something. ))
"Whatever," Jason replied, walking to a chair and sitting down in it.
Roy just awkwardly stood there. "uh... Ahem, I don't think I've properly introduced myself, I'm Roy and I'm new here. I don't really know what to do, I just came here and got pulled into this. I'd hate to intrude much longer, I need to find a place to stay the night." I never did get any money besides the two coins he gave you...
"Well, why not stay here, Roy?" Solon asked, pulling up the bean bag chair. "It may seem small, but there's actually a few more rooms in the back that are much more properly furnished with nice beds and the like. You'll also make a gracious pay when we get our band started."
OoC// O_o
IC//
"I think I'll be fine, I can find a place." Hopefully... I wouldn't mind staying here, but I just barely met these people and he seems a little TOO eager. But I don't have any money for a hotel room... Can I trust these people?
Jason sighed. "Pleased to meet you, Roy. The name's Jason."
Harver sighed, deciding to remain silent through the whole ordeal. Besides, he thought, I'd probably screw things up more than they already are.
Solon shrugged. "Well, if that's what you want," he sighed. "We meet up everyday at noon for practice. I don't want any excuses from you on why you'll be late, just because you're the only one who won't be staying here. There should be a hotel on the other side of town." He stood there for a moment before adding, "But before you make a decision, why not stay here and get to know us better? With a little warming up, things won't be so awkward, I bet."
I have nowhere else to go... " Alright, I guess I can stay for a little while. Do we have a keyboard player?"
'Uh-oh, out of people,' Jas looks around, trying to come up with an answer, knowing that Solon would probably take too long to answer. "Harver doubles as our keyboard player," she says, before anyone else can answer. 'Hell, he probably can play. He does everything else.' The ninja starts thinking back towards the years after the first Dead Men episode.
Chris smiled, knowing that Solon was starting to drag the rest of them in.
Solon smiled at Jas, nodding his head eagerly in agreement. "Yes, of course, almost forgot about your talent, Harver! And actually I can play bass," Solon added, now wanting to be part of the band as well. "So, great choice in staying here! Tomorrow at noon, guys, remember! We start practice to become the greatest band in the world. And if you have ideas for a name, just give it to me straight."
Jason chuckled. "How about the....Er, nevermind."
"I have an idea for a name, how about the Dead Men?.... Nah, too death metalish." Roy was completely unaware of what was really going on. This seems too casual to be real, and I don't even know if they can play.
"My... talent?" Harver asked to Solon, seemingly caught off guard. He looked at his hands. Keyboarding isn't my speciality... but, I suppose I could give it a shot... His ears caught Roy's name proposition, and smiled at the memories those two words brought to him.
((Lol, MXero, EXACTLY what I was thinking. :O ))
"Sure," replied Jason. "Fine with me." He almost cracked up, but kept it to himself.
Instead, he looked around the room to see the others' responses.
"Hell, and no," Jas says, but then realizes that she shot that answer down a little bit too quickly. She makes it up by looking down at her chest and saying, "Last time I checked, I was a female. Maybe V^2 for Vertical Velocity," the ninja suggests. "Or maybe T^3, Trouble, Trouble, Trouble... I don't know."
((Yeah, V^2, after this beastly ride. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xm9zTC9HUWo))
"Wasn't there a female in the Dead Men?" Mira asked.
"That doesn't matter," Jas folds her arms. "Even if there was a female with them, we'd stand out too much and look suspicious."
Assuming they were talking about another band, Roy asked: "Wait, there's already a band using that name? Aw, too bad."
"Yeah, there is," Jas says, pushing her hair out of her eyes. "There's a band that goes by that name. Let's just say that they're known for doing some not-so-nice, intercourse ed up things, 'kay? Why would we associate ourselves with them?"
Lance smiled.
"Well then, I assume we're not picking that name, now are we?"
* NAME: Lanbar
* AGE:35
* GENDER:Male
* APPEARANCE: Brown hair and green eyes. He wears blue pirate clothes and wears a blue captain's hat
- BIO:After the event with the Dead Men, Lanbar and Tanbar opened their own bar. It was closed fairly soon due to the two owners getting drunk all the time. After that, they had a huge argument about whose fault it was that the bar closed. They went their separate ways. Lanbar became a captain and got his own crew and Tanbar became a naval captain. Now Lanbar decided to take a break and go to Segasan unknowing of the fact that Tanbar went there too.
- ITEM: His lucky rum bottle. He had it with him when the Dead Men were defeated.
- ITEM 2: Well...They took his sword but he kept his blue sword sheath
- HOMELAND: Crescent Island
* STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
* NAME: Tanbar
* AGE:35
* GENDER:Male
* APPEARANCE: Brown hair and blue eyes. He wears green pirate clothes
- BIO:After the event with the Dead Men, Lanbar and Tanbar opened their own bar. It was closed fairly soon due to the two owners getting drunk all the time. After that, they had a huge argument about whose fault it was that the bar closed. They went their separate ways. Lanbar became a captain and got his own crew and Tanbar became a naval captain. Now Tanbar decided to take a break and go to Segasan unknowing of the fact that Lanbar went there too.
- ITEM: A fancy pen he got when he became a naval captain
- ITEM 2: None
- HOMELAND: Crescent Island
* STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on February 08, 2009, 08:47:49 PM
* NAME: Lanbar
* AGE:35
* GENDER:Male
* APPEARANCE: Brown hair and green eyes. He wears blue pirate clothes and wears a blue captain's hat
- BIO:After the event with the Dead Men, Lanbar and Tanbar opened their own bar. It was closed fairly soon due to the two owners getting drunk all the time. After that, they had a huge argument about whose fault it was that the bar closed. They went their separate ways. Lanbar became a captain and got his own crew and Tanbar became a naval captain. Now Lanbar decided to take a break and go to Segasan unknowing of the fact that Tanbar went there too.
- ITEM: His lucky rum bottle. He had it with him when the Dead Men were defeated.
- ITEM 2: Well...They took his sword but he kept his blue sword sheath
- HOMELAND: Crescent Island
* STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
* NAME: Tanbar
* AGE:35
* GENDER:Male
* APPEARANCE: Brown hair and blue eyes. He wears green pirate clothes
- BIO:After the event with the Dead Men, Lanbar and Tanbar opened their own bar. It was closed fairly soon due to the two owners getting drunk all the time. After that, they had a huge argument about whose fault it was that the bar closed. They went their separate ways. Lanbar became a captain and got his own crew and Tanbar became a naval captain. Now Tanbar decided to take a break and go to Segasan unknowing of the fact that Lanbar went there too.
- ITEM: A fancy pen he got when he became a naval captain
- ITEM 2: None
- HOMELAND: Crescent Island
* STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
(( Accepted DH2 :) ))
Solon grinned, happy to see everyone was getting into the whole band idea. He was leaning against the wall, arms crossed, watching them curiously. Roy's idea of being called the 'Dead Men' was either suspicious, coincidental, or knowledgeable. But he seemed clueless as to what he was representing, so Solon could only laugh to himself. "Well, it's getting late," Solon said, breaking up the discussion. "I'm going to head out and get our equipment." He winced slightly as he said that last part, realizing how much this was going to come out of his pocket. ...Unless...
"There are five rooms in the back of this house. They each got two full-sized beds in 'em. So, you guys can decide who you want to room with, or there even might be room for most of you to sleep alone. My room is over there," Solon pointed to the room to the left of them, "I'll probably be back in an hour if you guys can agree on the name by then."
Lanbar arrived at Sans Port getting off of his pirate ship. "Alright fellas, you go ahead and keep good car of her." He headed toward the information center to get his identification. As he walked over there, he was fiddling around with his sword scabbard, uncomfortable with the fact that his sword wasn't in it. "Although I may not have my sword," He said to himself, "I can't wait to get to Monte Island. If they have the greatest food there, then surely they have the greatest drinks."
"Wow, interesting." Shu didn't expect that this place could have so much history. Especially violant history.
"So, what's next?"
(( We'll just fast forward to you coming out with your ID, Hobo ))
Solon walked through town, looking for an instrumental shop. Eventually, he found a small store by the harbor that looked like it might sell the items he was looking for. He walked inside, and there they were.
A keyboard, bass, some microphones, and everything else he would need. He ran over to each item and checked the prices. Each time he winced harder.
'I'd like to steal this stuff, but I need to keep my record clean,' he thought.
'At least the money I pick pocketed on my way will help a bit...' Solon slipped the two microphones into his jacket, and went to the cash register with the rest.
Quote from: Shujinco on February 09, 2009, 05:32:54 PM
"Wow, interesting." Shu didn't expect that this place could have so much history. Especially violant history.
"So, what's next?"
Next they walked into a room with the four elemental gems in it. The lady talked on and on about them, mostly about how she couldn't talk about them. There wasn't much else of interest in that room.
"Well then," Jason said, leaning against the wall. "She will need her own room." He points to Jas. "Harver and Venice could probably share, and I guess I'll bunk with Roy."
Harver sighed. He was a bit uncomfortable with seeing these new faces, and having to share a room with Venice made it no easier. But, he knew that Jas was near, so that made up for it. But what about Mira? He turned to the young man. People are so forgettable... He was about to speak out when he was reminded of what Solon had said before they left. "Right, a band name..." he said, thinking out loud.
Shu eyed the beautiful gems with obsession.
Elemental... GEMS? Wow.
A question was bugging his mind.
"So... how much are these worth? Or... anything in this meuseum for that matter?" Shu asked, trying not to sound TOO interested, as to give away his mission.
Quote from: Shujinco on February 09, 2009, 06:16:11 PM
Shu eyed the beautiful gems with obsession.
Elemental... GEMS? Wow.
A question was bugging his mind.
"So... how much are these worth? Or... anything in this meuseum for that matter?" Shu asked, trying not to sound TOO interested, as to give away his mission.
"Priceless," the lady replied, eying him suspiciously. "It's getting late. You should better go now."
---
Solon walked out with his new purchased items and lighter pockets. He glanced towards the Town Hall to see someone familiar leaving. He did a double take, realizing he was looking at
Lanbar.
Shu looked at the clock on the wall. "OH GOSH! I should! Just... where's your bathroom? I gotta use it."
((If you try to take them, we'll kick ur ass back to Crescent Isle.))
Noticing he had forgotten someone, he slowly turned and saw Mira. "Oh," he responded, shocked,"sorry about that."
Lanbar had his hands in his pocket. He was fiddling with his lucky rum bottle. Man...I sure wish this was full...I can't believe they made me empty it...It was also strange at the info desk. Lanbar took out his card and thought how she talked about seeing a guy just like him. "She couldn't mean...Nah."
"Down the hall by the check-in desk," replied the lady. She proceeded to walk him to it.
---
Solon walked towards Lanbar, watching him. He seemed deep in thought. So, Solon sneaked behind him and leaned against the Town Hall building.
((And everyone's against the evil Harver+Jas babies being popped out. xD))
'Damn, there goes my romance plans,' Jas gives a short laugh and sits back on the couch again. "Right, band name," she sighs and pouts slightly before pulling out another Blow Pop.
Well...If he might be here...then maybe the others are too. He was stroking his chin as he was thinking and turned around. He eyed Solon and did a little double-take. "Solon?...Well, what are you doing here!?" He said excitedly.
((Ahh, making this tricky for me I see!))
Shu walked down to where the lady told him. He started thinking how he was going to hijack those gems.
It probably won't be tonight. But eventually, he would have his gems.
Shu finished his buisness, and left the meuseum with a farewell.
((Is there, by any chance, a camera by the bathrooms?))
"So everyone has nowhere else to stay but here?" Roy asked. Kind of weird, to me. But, they all seem pretty friendly with each other. Roy put his guitar away, and sat down on the floor and leaned against the wall. He blew out of his cheeks like he always did when he wasn't sure of something. I guess I could stay here, nowhere else to go... Easily being able to trust people was new to Roy, his past was full of betrayals and lies. I don't know, that girl seems to be quite the character, I'll just have to keep my distance from her. Solon seems nice, but, well almost TOO nice, especially since I just met him.
Making up his mind, Roy said, "I think I'll stay here, actually."
"Good. Then we'll all get to know each other," Jason muttered sarcastically. He chuckled before walking into one of the back rooms.
Jason seems pretty cool, in his own way. Roy just stared randomly into empty space, thinking about how things turned out.
"I'll just sleep here." Mira said, referring to the spot he was sitting at.
"Are you sure? I can take the floor."I'd hate to get any special treatment just because I'm beast on guitar.
"The ground has become my bed. I'll take the floor." Mira said, implying a response to Roy's thought.
"Are you sure?" Jason inquired. "I mean there IS an extra bedroom."
"Good to know."
'Whatever,' Jason thought. 'No use wasting my time arguing.'
He walked back into the room.
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on February 09, 2009, 06:50:16 PM
Well...If he might be here...then maybe the others are too. He was stroking his chin as he was thinking and turned around. He eyed Solon and did a little double-take. "Solon?...Well, what are you doing here!?" He said excitedly.
Solon grinned and nodded to his old, drunk friend. "Well, it's a pretty long story," Solon started. "But, I live here now... With pretty much everyone else!" He gave a short laugh before adding, "Hey, I've got an idea, why don't you come back to my pad with me, you can re-meet the whole gang! And introduce yourself to some new guys."
Quote from: Shujinco on February 09, 2009, 06:53:31 PM
((Ahh, making this tricky for me I see!))
Shu walked down to where the lady told him. He started thinking how he was going to hijack those gems.
It probably won't be tonight. But eventually, he would have his gems.
Shu finished his buisness, and left the meuseum with a farewell.
((Is there, by any chance, a camera by the bathrooms?))
(( :P By law they are not allowed to keep cameras inside the bathroom, but there is one outside of it. This is a very distrusting town. Don't expect that they don't expect your a thief. They expect everyone is out to get them. ))
"Alright, sure." He said. I suppose I could wait a little while before going to Monte Island.
Roy tried to stifle a yawn, blinked twice, and shook his head. Whoa... Today's been a long day, I'm going to need some rest if I plan on doing anything before the band practice tomorrow... Roy, stood up and picked up his stuff. "I think I'm going to be going to bed, goodnight everyone.."
Roy walked towards the back rooms, and found the one Jason was in and knocked twice. "Hey Jason, I think I'm done for the night."
Roy put his stuff down, and went to bed.
OoC// Unless something happens directly involving Roy, he's out until about 6:00 a.m., if I'm online at the time.
"Awesome," Solon said, beginning to walk. He nodded for Lanbar to follow him. It didn't take too long for them to get back towards the houses, and Solon could see his, the one without the door, up ahead.
Venice was about to bitterly protest his sharing a room with Harver, but decided against it.
"Why don't we let Harver share his room with Jas?" he said rather randomly, with a slight smirk
Jason, still in the room, rolled his eyes. 'Perv' he mumbled, thinking about what would happen.
"Aw come on," Mira told Jason, hearing him mumble, "they're a couple. They shouldn't be separated."
Lanbar followed Solon and saw that Solon was walking to a room without a door. "Hey...don't you think it be...I don't know...useful to have a door to get into the room?"
Lance rolled his eyes, and unpacked his few belongings.
'I wonder when Mr. Band Director will arrive,' he thought.
'Hm' he thought,'I wonder when Mr. Band Leader will get here.'
((How are the rooms conneçted to the foyer?))
((No need to post twice.))
"Yeah," Jas chimes in with Mira. "How are you gonna just say who rooms with who without knowing anyone?" She didn't sound too offended, she wasn't, but still, there was her dislike of being bossed around nagging her.
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on February 10, 2009, 09:02:06 PM
Lanbar followed Solon and saw that Solon was walking to a room without a door. "Hey...don't you think it be...I don't know...useful to have a door to get into the room?"
"Yeah... Ha... Well, I
had one. But then, well, it's an "in" thing to not have a door..." Solon mumbled, coughing to mask his terrible lie. He stepped inside and yelled, "Guess who I found, drunk, on the side of the street, begging for money like a hobo!" He then put down the bag filled with all their equipment on the table in the living room. "Oh, and I've got all new instruments!" Solon took out the bass and strummed one of the strings, excited at the prospect of actually playing it.
(( Description of house: You walk into a living room that has a mini-fridge, bean bag chair, couch, table, and TV in it. To the left is the door to my room, to the right is a walk-in closet. On the opposite side of the entrance is an open doorway that goes straight into the kitchen, which has a microwave and utensils on its back wall, fridge and messy counter on left wall, and counter on the left wall. There is an island in the middle and a small dining room table in the far right corner.
Directly across from the doorway to the kitchen is another open doorway to a dark, narrow, hallway. There are 5 rooms adjacent to one another, connected by a wall. They are all small and symmetrical. They each have a bed on opposite sides, a trunk on the edge of the beds, and a dresser on the wall across from the beds. There is also a garage on the right of the house, where we will be practicing. Also, the walk-in closet in the living room is locked, as well as my room. And that is all you need to know about the house... for now. ))
"Mm-hm." Mira said, resisting an urge to beatbox.
"Sorry," Jason apolgized. "I should've just kept that to myself. My bad."
I'm not some drunken hobo!...Well...I'm not a hobo. Lanbar resissted the temptation of knocking Solon over the head with his lucky rum bottle...But, he restrained himself. "So...what's with all the band stuff?"
"We started to form a band before we reunited with you." Mira quickly told Lanbar. "We just recently found a guitar player."
"Ah, cool. Who's the guitar player?" He asked.
"The new guy, Roy."
"Ah...So our little group's grown." Lanbar said. "hey...did your band have any plans of going somewher like...Monte Island?" I sure hope so!
"Who knows?" Harver said, going along with the conversation. He put his hands behind his head lethargically. "Perhaps if we make it big, we could end up on a tour around this entire continent."
Ha. Like that would ever happen... "Well, I wish you guys the best of luck." Lanbar said with a smile. "Hey...would any of you have any drinks in the mini-fridge?
"Beer."
"You should join, Lanbar!" Solon added after some thought. "If you don't play any good instruments, then you'd make a good security guard. You pick fights with everyone when your drunk." 'And having you join us would bring back all those old memories...' he thought with a small smile. "There's free beer for all the members of the band!"
Jason chuckled, walking over to the bag. After opening it, he took out all of the drum parts and began putting them together.
LAnbar walked over to the fridge and took out a beer. He popped the cap off and took a drink. "Alright. Sure, why not." He said. "Sounds like fun."
Jason continued putting on pieces. It was only a drum. How hard could it be?
OoC// This RP can't die, I was hoping it's be the first moderately succesful one I've been in D=
I wouldn't have retired my character if I would have know it would take everyone so long to go to bed >_<
IC/
Roy rolled over in his sleep, and the images of a dream swept over him. "no, don't, not her... NO!!" Roy sat straight up, sweating and gasping for breath. "... Just another dream..." Unable to go back to sleep, Roy got up and looked around the room, not ever taking a better look at the room he was in. Seeing the trunk, Roy put his pack inside, and rested his guitar case next to it. Hearing loud voices from the living room, he redressed and walked out through the kitchen.
Another new person? Looks like they know him pretty well, he's probably just visiting. I bet the neighbors never get any sleep with a person like Solon living in the neighborhood.
Roy silently walked over to the struggling Jason, and assisted him in setting up the drum set.
Jason nodded, allowing Roy to help him set up the drum set. After it was finally completed, Jason thought whât of what song he would play.
((By the way, I'll delete this post later.))
After a minute of thought, Jason decided on something simple, as a warm up.
(( rtsp://ewan.rtsp-youtube.l.google.com/CkELENy73wIaOAmmgmLTNQsYthMYDSANFEIJbXYtZ29vZ2xlSARSBXdhdGNoWglDbGlja0xpbmtgrJ37huTVjvxpDA==/0/0/0/video.3gp ))
"So, who's the even newer guy?" Roy asked Jason as everyone else carried on their conversations.
"By the looks of it," Jason reponded, checking his foot pedal,"it's most likely a friend of Solon."
"Well, he's going to be a drunk friend of Solon's soon." Jason seems to be the only one worth talking to...
"So do people plan to wake up before noon tomorrow? If they party all night, we're not going to have enough band for a band practice."
"I....really don't know," Jason stutters, not sure about it.
"Oh well," he continued. "We can at least achieve a duet."
Mira fell asleep. He started beatboxing in his sleep.
"A duet with a beat" Roy said when he turned to look at Mira. "I'm still curious as to how this'll work out, my musical tastes are... Different, to say the least."
"Oh well," Jason replied. He smirked. "At least we get PAID, don't we, Solon?"
" Not likely..." Roy muttered to himself. "We'd have to earn it the hard way..."
Seeing as there was no answer, Jason shrugged it off. Standing up, he said evidently tired,"Good night everyone," before walking into his room and laying down in his bed.
OoC// Can we assume everyone's gone to sleep and time warp to 6 am tomorrow? Seriously, DO something...
Seeing nothing going on Roy followed Jason back to their room and went to bed.
((I HAVEN'T BEEN HERE IN A WHOLE WEEK! :O ))
Shu had checked into a hotel for the night, still thinking of how he would break into that meuseum. He still had no idea how he was going to do it. But he felt obligated. Those gems, and everything else in there, was too much to pass up.
Shu finally went to sleep rather roughly that night. He figured the gods or whatever would give him some sort of help through his dreams.
OoC// I call for a time warp to 6:00 AM
(( Sorry, was away on vacation and forgot to give you guys the heads ups XD Sure, we'll warp to 6 AM. ))
Solon rolled over in bed and checked his clock. 6 AM. He quickly changed into his everyday outfit and walked outside. He peered around the living room to find that no one else was awake, then made his way into the kitchen to fix himself some eggs. Yawning, he cracked them onto his pan and watched them sizzle, letting his mind drift into his dreams.
Jason, slowly awoke to the sound of sizzling. Getting up, he yawned loudly. He slowly walked to his drums and smiled.
Mira woke up to the smell of food. "Mmmmm.... Breakfast..." Mira said, before waking up completely.
Lanbar woke up and got off the...table. "Man...How much did I drink?" He said rubbing his head.
((*Kicks BoA* Damnit, I coulda made another Valentine's Day side episode! xP))
Jas is now standing over Solon's shoulder. "As a future culinary genius, I gotta tell you that those eggs are gonna burn up." She flicks him on the back of the head, then goes to sit at the table. "So you should probably flip them, unless you want this place to literally become Hell's Kitchen... that definitely wouldn't be good, ya know?"
Roy woke up earlier than everyone else and silently slipped out the door with his guitar. Despite the way things are going, I still need some money. By the time poeple had started waking up, he was outside playing his guitar softly, with his case open and donations sign up.
OoC// couldn't find a video, this'll do http://www.playlist.com/searchbeta/tracks#Wishing%20Well%20Buckethead
(( Ow ;-; I'm sorry, went to see Friday the 13th on opening night XD Don't hurt me for liking movies! ))
Solon snapped out of his dream when he was flicked on the back of his head, and he quickly jumped up, sending the eggs flying out of the pan. "Incoming!" he yelled and watched them soar through the air, only to land with a splat on the kitchen table. "Well if a plate had been there, that would have been a Kodak moment."
Lanbar looked at the eggs on thetable unaware that it was Solon cooked it. "This better not be their room service here...'Cause if it is, then it sucks." Lanbar said walking into the kitchen.
It was 7 and Shu finally decides to wake up.
"THAT'S IT!" he yelled estaticly, which caused him to flip out of his bed and flip onto his face onto the floor.
Shu jumped up. "I got a plan! Sweet."
Earning himself a couple of coins, Roy decided to head back to Solon's house. He entered in silently to see the wonderful breakfast waiting for him.
I'm probably better off buying something of my own...
Shu was now outside the meuseum. He had walked there, and was a little tired, but that didn't matter. He faced the meuseum with a sinister grin on his face.
"Them clueless bastards" he whispered to himself, shortly before walking away down the street.
"So, is there any good sightseeing spots around here?" Roy said as he walked into the kitchen, acting like he had never left.
Jas stares at the eggs that landed on the table for a few moments before getting up. She starts digging in the refrigerator for ingredients to make her own breakfast. 'I may be a guest, but I think I'll cook for myself, for my own safety.' Since she's craving pancakes at that moment, she pulls out a bowl, and gets to making the batter. Not long after, she has them sizzling on the stove.
"I see you're going your own way?" Harver asked as he entered the room, noticing Jas separating herself from the group, making her own breakfast.
"Just making breakfast." Mira told Harver from the living room, answering before Jas did.
"No, no," Jas doesn't say anything for a few moments, taking the time to slide the first batch of cooked pancakes off the spatula, and onto a plate. "I just felt like being nice and making breakfast," she says pouring more batter onto the surface of the hot pan. "... For the sake of everyone else..." Jas adds, turning the heat down a bit.
Solon scratched the back of his head. "I can cook," he protested mildly, sitting down. "But since you are the culinary genius... Maybe you could cook for the band?"
"Anyone can cook," Jas says turning the quick bread over with the spatula. "It's just a matter of whether or not the product is edible," she looks at Solon, grinning. "And just by how scrawny you're lookin' now... I'd say less than half the stuff you made could be safely eaten." Of course the ninja is just joking, but hey, she could be right.
Jason chuckled, listening. He slowly walks over to his room, entering it again. "Call me when it's ready," he says, stopping for a second before starting again.
Venice walked into the room and glanced at the food Solon had made. He decided against eating something cooked by Solon, but sat down to wait for Jas to finish making something.
Harver smiled at Jas's witty banter. "I'm with you on that one."
Jason yawned. He still felt tired despite just waking up an hour ago. He laid down on his bed and slowly drifted off to sleep.
A good ten minutes later, Jas has two platters stacked high with the delicious goodness known as pancakes. She shuts the burner off, then brings the two plates over to the table. "Food time!" She calls loudly, so everyone can get a chance to eat. "Get it now before it gets gone!"
Jason awoke to the cry. Realizing how hungry he is, he swiftly gets up and runs toward the kitchen. On his way there, a misplaced book caught him off guard. Jason slipped on the book and fell backward.
"About time," muttered Venice under his breath as he helped himself to Jas's food.
Mira got up and made his way to the kitchen and took 2 pancakes. He rolled them up and ate them like a candy bar.
"Thank you very much," Harver said, taking one of the pancakes on to a plate of his own. He grabbed a fork and began to eat the hotcake. She never ceases to amaze me with her cooking.
((I think most of the people playing this left. :( ))
Shu walked around town for awhile. Pretty glad he had thought of a way to get those gems (And everything else in that meuseum), he was trying to find a hardware store so he could actually put his plan into action.
Hoping that no one saw his tragedy, Jason quietly got up and coninued walking to the kitchen. He grabbed a pancake and walked over to his drums, where he sat down.
Quote from: Shujinco2 on March 29, 2009, 08:34:01 AM
((I think most of the people playing this left. :( ))
((Wrong. The only people important to the storyline who haven't posted in awhile are Birdie and DH2.))
((Well, we kinda need BoA here, unless we just take it over))
Jas looked in the direction that she heard a crash. "Real smooth move there," she yawns and turns away to grab breakfast for herself. The ninja makes sure that her pancakes are coated in butter and syrup before sitting down to eat.
After finishing, Jason yawns and stands up. "So...." he uttered, not particularly to anyone,"when are we starting band practice?"
Lanbar walked over to the pancakes and grabbed two and put some syrup on them. "And where's the first gig going to be? Because if we haven't decided, I say we go to Monte Island."
"And for what reason would you want to go there?" Harver asked Lanbar sarcastically. "Surely not for the festivities?"
"Oh heavens no." Lanbar replied in an equally sarcastic voice. "That would be barberic to go there simply for festivities." And with that, he began to dig into his pancakes.
Harver chuckled slightly. "Actually, that doesn't sound like that bad of an idea. Though I'd much rather go to Futura..."
"Hm...that wouldn't be that bad." Lanbar said. "I've heard that they're developing something call a 'Nutrimatic Drinks Dispenser.' It supposed to analyze your tounge and stuff and make a drink for you. I would know more, but I can't find the pamphlet I had about it." He said standing up and searching his pockets for said pamphlet.
"Or......maybe we could just perform here," Jason butted in. "I mean, we don't want to get ahead of ourselves."
"Then there's those freaks who won't let us step foot outside the country," Jas twirls her fork a couple of times before stabbing it back into the pancakes for another piece. "Though sneaking out sounds fun too..."
(( Hi guys. Disappeared on everyone again, didn't I? I have a knack for doing that XD I'll try to come on at least once a week. I gotta find time for my virtual life. I wasn't planning on leaving, the computer just sort of phased out of my life as it sometimes does. And it's vacation and today I have a couple hours to relax so I thought I'd check in with you guys, see what's going on. I don't know if you want to continue with this RP... I think I remember most of the things I was planning for this, just need to research my files for the details.
Meanwhile, I'm going to start getting back into RPing. I'll continue with this if the majority of you guys are still around and want to keep going, but I don't know what's been happening since I've been gone. If not, I've been brainstorming some RP ideas I really wanted to try out, which was the main thing that probably drove me to this site... XD So, yeah, let's get things started! ))
((I'm still interested)).
(( Me too. I was just about to bump this, actually.))
((You know, I was THIS close to continuing this as my own f'ed up adventure? =P Keep it running, darn it!))
((Indeed, we must keep this running. It is our last remaining link to RPing here.))
((About time you showed up. Keep it running!))
((Yeah, you better keep it running or else we're just going to let Sh0rti start running things here. XP))
((YAY! Birdie's back!))
Shu walked into the Hardware store.
He needed a grappling hook. That would make his job much easier.
Shu walked on up to a random employee wandering around. "Um... excuse me... do you know where I can get a grappling hook and some rope?"
(( Ok, I'll jump in and see what I remember... ))
Solon leaned back in his chair. "We can't upset the government here. It'd be too risky... Especially this early," he said before shoveling the breakfast Jas prepared into his mouth. Between gulps he added, "Besides I'm sure if we got a couple good gigs here then when other people get word of our great band we'd be allowed to go to other places on tour."
---
The man pointed to a sign that said 'Tools' hanging from the ceiling over an aisle towards the center of the store. "Rope should be there too," he said.
(( Right so... Who played what instrument and what was our band called, if anyone remembers? And anything else I might have missed while I was gone... I don't think much I can just re-read through everything. ))
(( Jas-Singer
Mira-Singer
Jason-Drums
Harver-Co. Manager
Tav or whatever Xero had-Guitar
Venice-Idk.
Solon-Manager.))
Jason stood up. "Then it's decided. We'll try to perform here first."
Quote from: JNFS2014 on April 19, 2009, 10:59:56 AM
(( Jas-Singer
Mira-Singer
Jason-Drums
Harver-Co. Manager
Tav or whatever Xero had-Guitar
Venice-Idk.
Solon-Manager.))
((Correct me if I'm wrong, but I believe Harver was also chosen to double as a keyboard player.))
Harver smiled.
And another adventure begins... though it seems like it shall be a lot less eventful than our last outing. "So, what time will practice start, again?"
((Yeah...and I think Tri/Venice did the media.))
((Solon played bass too))
"Noon," Jas says, standing to put her now empty plate in the sink. She turns to a clock to see that there's plenty of time before then, and heads for the bathroom to take a shower... but she stops and turns around to grab Harver, taking him with her.
((Mwahaha. x3))
"Sweet, thanks." Shu said to the man, shortly before darting into the pointed-to isle. Shu grabbed up the best climbing hook he could find and about 30 ft of rope and ran back to the counter.
"All right, here you go." Shu said to the cashier, plopping the items on the desk.
Harver was about to take another bite of his pancakes when he was roughly grabbed by Jas, leaving his unfinished plate on the table. I can only hope Solon doesn't get to those by the time I get back... "Uhm, where are we going?"
Jason rolled his eyes. In all his life, he had never seen a couple like this.
"Hey, I'm going to be going now to...er...explore the island," He said heading for the door, "And I'll be back by lunch." And with that, he quickly left the room.
"Shower," Jas shrugs her shoulders nonchalantly. "It can't hurt to get clean," ironically, there probably isn't a single clean thought in the demon ninja's head as she looks back, grinning. "Now can it?" She pushes the bathroom door open.
((have to get this active with some sorta trouble somehow. xD))
((I think I'm the one that's going to cause that trouble. >:D ))
((Or maybe it will be *hic* I who causssesss disss*hic*truction! =O))
Jason shakes his head again. "Way too many thoughts," he muttered in disgust. He silently stood up and walked into his room, trying to forget the start of "Shower Scene: Part 1" he had just witnessed.
Lanbar went around behind the building and started searching around the bushes. "C'mon, I know I left my stash here somewhere!"
Solon watched Harver and Jas leave, only for his eyes to quickly dart to Harver's pancakes. Solon's plate now clean, he sidled over and sat in Harver's seat, bringing his fork with him. "Alright then," he started before digging into Harver's food, "we'll start practice at noon, so I want everyone back here by then!" And then no other noises, beside the loud munching of soggy pancakes, came from Solon's mouth.
Finally, Lanbar found for what he was looking for. He looked around for any guards and pulled out a bottle of the finest vodka he had ever layed hands on. "I know I promissed myself that I would take the first drink on Monte Island." He said taking the top off. "But...I'm sure it wouldn't hurt to have a quick sip now..."
"I-I suppose not," Harver said, not quite realizing he stuttered, nor understanding what the ninja quite had in mind for them.
((Um...last time I checked...Jas was oblivious, not Harver. Or maybe...GASP! IT'S CONTAGIOUS!))
((*Jas burns Hobo with a spell* She was never oblivious in the first place... lulz at Harver being an uke-boy along with oblivious. xD))
"Exactly," Jas giggles at Harver's stuttering before closing the door behind them, and locking it. "Then why not take one with me?" She purrs and hugs the redhead from behind.
Harver blushed profusely at the suggestion. He looked to at the ninja, then at the locked door, then at Jas again. He sighed. "Whatever makes you happy."
The ninja seems to sense Harver's nervousness, and looks up at him. "Aww, what'sa matter? You don't wanna stay?" Her eyes glint a bit in the light. "Not like I'll bite."
Harver simply smiled. "I know that, now. I've been around you for three years, and I've never seen you bite anyon-" He paused. "Although, there was that one time..."
"Who me?" Jas puts on her best innocent face. "Yeah, there probably was those few times, but I'm talking about now. Besides, I'm not into... biting. That's just a liiitle too much for my taste," she lets go so she an run the water. "Now are ya just gonna stand there?"
"Hm?" Harver asked as Jas broke his train of thought, which was running in the direction of who she bit, why she bit him or her in the first place, and why they were talking about biting anyway. "Oh, uh..."
((Birdie, you forgot about me! :O I'm buying items! GET IN HERE!))
OoC// Computer problems, might need to find a back up guitarist. I hope it's sometime near noon by now.
After being blatantly ignored, Roy grabbed his fod silently and ate it apart from everybody else. He drifted back into the front room with his guitar.
I have a feeling that this isn't going to go well, at all. I've had no proof of any of them actually ever playing an instrument before... Plus if our vocalist tends to like more of the rappish stuff, there will probably end up being some direct confrontation between her and I.
"Nope," Jas runs the water for the shower, still laughing at Harver's shyness a bit. Feeling devious at the moment, she flicks a small fireball at his shirt in attempt to burn it away.
Quote from: Shujinco2 on April 21, 2009, 06:15:55 PM
((Birdie, you forgot about me! :O I'm buying items! GET IN HERE!))
The cashier looked at the items, then back at Shu. "What are you planning to do with a grappling hook and all this rope?" she asked, raising an eyebrow accusingly at him.
---
After Solon finished eating, he licked his lips and stretched out. Suddenly he jumped out of the chair and skidded into the other room. He picked out his bass, handling it as carefully as he could, devouring it with his eyes. It was nearly noon. "Almost time," he whispered, and then he walked outside with the bass on his back.
((And Solon's not gonna do anything about the fact that Harver's gonna get rapezored... or molested. Some friend. xD))
"Hey!" Harver shouted as the small fireball burned part of the fabric of his shirt. He batted at it with his sleeve until it was put out. There was a gaping hole at his chest now. He looked at Jas in astonishment. "I just bought this shirt."
(( I- Solon wanted to see what would happen XD But if you really want him to ruin the fun, you know he'd be glad to do it :P ))
Solon climbed onto the roof of the house, deciding not to go far. He heard someone that sounded like Harver shouting. "Weird," Solon muttered, "I thought Harver would be the silent-type even at that." But it hadn't sounded like that kind of shout. Harver seemed mad. "Things not going well in their life under the covers?" A grin erupted through Solon's face. "...Time to have some fun."
The sound of the shoer grew louder as Solon got closer to the bathroom. Stealthily, Solon peeled the tiles off of his old, run-down home. "No one else needs to know that this place could collapse at any moment," he thought out loud, smirking. There was a thin dry wall that Solon could jump into, and now he was right above the bathroom. He could hear Harver's voice clearly now. 'This is their idea of fun? What are they doing, comparing what designers they are wearing?' Solon thought, shaking his head and smiling. 'If things don't go in Harver's direction soon... I may have to break up the party.'
Quote from: Birdie of Aces on April 22, 2009, 04:51:15 PM
Quote from: Shujinco2 on April 21, 2009, 06:15:55 PM
((Birdie, you forgot about me! :O I'm buying items! GET IN HERE!))
The cashier looked at the items, then back at Shu. "What are you planning to do with a grappling hook and all this rope?" she asked, raising an eyebrow accusingly at him.
"Well, I'm going to go climbing... DUH!"
((I was kidding. Ruin my fun, and I'll sic Jas on you. ))
"It's a shower," Jas pouts a bit. "You don't need clothes. 'Sides, I can always buy you another," the innocent look in her eyes comes back... Then without a warning, she claws the rest of the garment away.
Quote from: Shujinco2 on April 22, 2009, 05:25:42 PM
Quote from: Birdie of Aces on April 22, 2009, 04:51:15 PM
Quote from: Shujinco2 on April 21, 2009, 06:15:55 PM
((Birdie, you forgot about me! :O I'm buying items! GET IN HERE!))
The cashier looked at the items, then back at Shu. "What are you planning to do with a grappling hook and all this rope?" she asked, raising an eyebrow accusingly at him.
"Well, I'm going to go climbing... DUH!"
The cashier was annoyed by this comment, but smiled. "That'll be 100 gold coins," she said, nearly tripling the price out of irascibility.
---
(( Well then Jas better hope things start going her way more XD Or else Solon's saving Harver ))
Solon raised his eyebrows and let out a low whistle. "Take the bait Harver," he whispered, "She sounds like she wants a
really good time!"
Though Jas didn't have dog ears anymore, they still remained sensitive to fine detail. She clenches her fist, causing the water coming from the shower head to gush out in Solon's direction. 'Damn it, this ain't a porno!'
Harver pouted as his shirt was torn off. "Yes, I suppose you're right..." He then jumped back in surprise when she took control of the water. "What's wrong?"
"What the-" Solon shouted, falling through the dry wall. He jumped back up, white dust falling off of him, although he was still covered. The toilet was cracked and water began flowing out of it. "Hurt that... didn't," Solon sputtered, cross eyed as he tried to regain his balance. "Bed to go... I will..." And as he took a step forward, he collapsed back on the floor.
"That," Jas turns around, and glares at Solon. "Idiot here thought he was gonna get a free show." She snaps and shocks the blond a few good times. "Baka."
Shu looked into his pockets. First his two front pockets then his back ones. Nada. Then he looked under his hat. Still nothing. His shoes? Nope, nothing there either.
Shu gulped. OH HELL NO! I DON'T HAVE ANY MONEY!
He was cursing hindsight at this point. He forgot his wallet back on Creasent Island.
With a look of extream displeasure, Shu told the cashier, "I have no money."
((This part is also known as "O SHI-"))
The jolts woke Solon back up. "Whoa, am I late? What'd I miss?" he yelled, alert but groggy. Then Solon realized what happened and rubbed the back of his head, wincing slightly. "I wasn't lookin' for a free show!" he countered. "I was making sure Harver was gettin' something good if we was gonna back up these here toilets from others usin' 'em!" Solon then realized he had taken on a southern drawl and shook his head vigorously. "I mean come on, there's a whole band here, and only one bathroom."
---
"Hmph." The cashier smirked and took the items from Shu. "Then you have no business here. Nothing is free in this place," she said with a sneer.
"Aww man."
"So... um... how's the security around here?"
Jason stood up, apparently bewildered at the sound of the "porno." He chuckled at the thought of what happened. Looking at the clock, he saw that it was 11:45. He laughed again before exiting the room.
"You was still tryin' to watch!" Jas aims a snowball at Solon's face. "Something you can't do unless you pay for it!" She says this in a half-joking manner, seeing as she is still somewhat irritated, and whips another ball of snow at the peeping Tom.
"You know, he does have a point..." Harver said, before realizing what he was actually saying. "I mean- well, it was just a shower..." Or could it have been something... more? He grinned as Solon was hit by the snowball. "I'm sure we can let this go until practice ends. Can't we?"
"Fine," Jas throws a final snowball towards Solon before heading out of the bathroom. "But only until practice ends. After that, watch your back, Blondie." She disappears around the corner to go find her mic.
"You better be on watch of yourself," Harver said jokingly while passing Solon on his way out of the bathroom. He went to go find his keyboard.
So after Lanbar had enjoyed a few swigs of the fine vodka, he placed it back into the bushes. "There...That oughta get me through till we -hic- leave for Monty Island." With that, he walked around with a little sway, "Maybe there'sss sssome ssshop I could go to to -hic- passss the time." He said as he lumbered into the same place Shu was in.
Jason saw Jas, Harver, and Solon all enter into the room. Looking at Harver's torn shirt, he asked,"What happened to your shirt?"
Solon brushed the snow out of his face, grinning. "Yeah, yeah, she can hit me with her best shot." Solon followed them both out. But then he drifted away and went back outside. It was time for practice, but he felt as if he was forgetting something. Solon retraced his steps, got back onto the roof, until he was standing over the gaping hole down into the bathroom. "My bass!" Solon yelped, seeing the bright red color beneath the dust and bits of dry wall. Solon jumped down and dug the bass out from under the wreckage. "...Broken..." It was split in two.
---
The cashier rolled her eyes at that question and grabbed a small walkie-talkie. "We've got a suspected thief standing in front of the cash register, pictures have already been taken from all angles with our camera. I need security to escort him out, over," she said into the mouth-piece.
Not wanting to know what was going on, Roy once again felt out of place after hearing all the commotion. I guess I'll never feel welcome anywhere anymore. But I have nowhere else.
Lanbar walked up to the woman at the counter. "Hey...would you happen to -hic- have any...-hic- booze 'round here?" He said to her swaying from side to side.
Shu was literaly thrown out of the Hardware store, landing very painfully on his head.
"I see people around here have no sence of humor, huh?" He yelled at the clerk through the wall of the store.
Man, I forgot my wallet. I COULD HAVE HAD THOSE EMERALD THINGIES BY NOW! But NOOOOOOOOOOOOO, I have to forget my wallet! and then something dawned on him. Wait... if I have no money... how will I be able to do ANYTHING? I'm going to have to get... A JOB!
"So," Jas steps into the living room then turns around and looks at those around her with a smile. "We should get to practicing, yeah?" She might as well take some initiative, else nothing would get done.
"Uhh.....sure," Jason slowly replied, walking over to his drums. "But where's Solon?"
Name: Riou Bentley
Age: 23
Gender: Male
Appearance: Caucasian, Riou is of medium build. His Bright green hair falls to his shoulders, and his golden eyes are extremely expressive. He wears a thin, blue, polyester jacket over his red T-shirt, and wears black denim jeans and brown hiking boots. He wears cutoff gloves around his wrist.
Bio: His life was nothing special until he reached age 18. It then seemed he was cursed to never manage to hold a job. The stress got to be enough that he decided to spend his vacation money to go on a trip. and here we are.
Item 1: Laptop Computer. (CHANGED.)
Item 2:Several different mangas
Homeland: Crescent Island
Starting Place: Sans port (Duh)
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on April 23, 2009, 04:23:05 PM
Lanbar walked up to the woman at the counter. "Hey...would you happen to -hic- have any...-hic- booze 'round here?" He said to her swaying from side to side.
"This is a
hardware store," the cashier said rather harshly and rolled her eyes. "I've had about enough idiots for one day..."
---------
Solon walked back inside, a brand new red bass slung over his shoulder, and two papers stacked into one hand. "Hey guys, sorry I'm late, we ready to practice or what?" Solon asked, looking around. Not everyone was there, and it was nearly 1. "Well, come on, let's get started."
---------
(( And Kierou, you're accepted. Welcome to the team and enjoy the show! *Hands out cookie* That's just a lil' something to make sure you stick around... If you catch my drift. ))
"Ready anytime," Jason said, nodding. He then proceded to wait patiently for the others.
((Now, just need to figure out how to come in.))
((Try just as you land.))
Riou stepped carefully off the ship, taking in the sights and sounds of the town. Approaching a passerby, he inquired, "Excuse me, do you know of anyplace where I can grab a bite to eat?"
(Usually I am extremely clumsy introducing characters.)
Harver grabbed his keyboard and began to set it up, noticing the papers in Solon's hand. "What are those for?"
Quote from: Birdie of Aces on April 25, 2009, 01:51:06 PM
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on April 23, 2009, 04:23:05 PM
Lanbar walked up to the woman at the counter. "Hey...would you happen to -hic- have any...-hic- booze 'round here?" He said to her swaying from side to side.
"This is a hardware store," the cashier said rather harshly and rolled her eyes. "I've had about enough idiots for one day..."
Lanbar just stood there staring at her. "...So? I wanna buy sssome -hic- beer. That'sss all! You don't have to be ssso -hic- rude!"
"Music maybe?" Jas finds the cord to her microphone and picks it up. "Figure we'd start late. So are we ready now?" She asks, plugging it in, and switching it on.
((Wait... is Lanbar at the same Hardware store I just got kicked from?))
((Yeah, same store))
The cashier sighed. "No idiotic drunks allowed," she said sharply. "Either leave or I'll have security kick you out like the last guy."
-----
"Hm? These?" Solon asked, holding the papers in one hand. "Uh... Yeah, music," Solon muttered, realizing he didn't have any music to read. "Lemme just..." But he had already disappeared into the basement and locked the door behind him without finishing that sentence.
((You forgot to respond to my post Birdie.))
Quote from: Kierou on April 25, 2009, 03:03:01 PM
Riou stepped carefully off the ship, taking in the sights and sounds of the town. Approaching a passerby, he inquired, "Excuse me, do you know of anyplace where I can grab a bite to eat?"
(Usually I am extremely clumsy introducing characters.)
The pedestrian stood there for a moment, taking in the tourist. "There's a great seafood joint a couple blocks down... 'Sea Harbor' it's called. It resembles a lighthouse, can't miss it." The man watched him for a moment longer before adding, "If this is your first time here... You won't be allowed inside the place without an ID. You can get one of those at the Town Hall right in that white building to your left."
"Thanks." Riou said, handing the man a dollar for his trouble. He walked to the building and ascended the stairs, then walked into the building. Approaching the front desk he said, "Hello. Could I please get an I.D. card?" He asked this with a smile on his face. Despite his intelligence he was not in the least stuck up. In fact, he was rather amiable.
OoC// Should we reference real world bands in this?
IC//
Getting impatient, Roy found the biggest amp he could find (which wasn't that big) and plugged his guitar in. He looked over all the equipment, and frowned. There's no POD, how can I have emotion without a POD? I have a feeling that they have no idea what they're doing. Hey, remember whe yor life was perfect... Roy laughs to himself, remembering all the good time he used to have. He used to play on street corners, and everybody would crowd around to hear him play. That's all over now...
"I hope you don't mind if I start early, or late, but earlier, if you know... A-hem, don't look like a fool.
His mind drifted back to what his life was. He started playing a song that reminded him of what his life was.
OoC// http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FL8aeeSTthQ
Shu sat on a bench across the street and a little right of the hardware store he just got kicked from. He could still see it. He doubted that they could see him.
He was extreamly mad... at everything. Forgetting his wallet, Getting kicked from that hardware store, and his unability to steal those gems.
Shu looked at the store. An obviously drunk man entered. He looked really buzzed. I hope he can cause some trouble for those god darn, humorless bastards!
Quote from: Kierou on April 26, 2009, 06:34:55 PM
"Thanks." Riou said, handing the man a dollar for his trouble. He walked to the building and ascended the stairs, then walked into the building. Approaching the front desk he said, "Hello. Could I please get an I.D. card?" He asked this with a smile on his face. Despite his intelligence he was not in the least stuck up. In fact, he was rather amiable.
"30th floor, room to the right of when you get off the elevator," the secretary said in a rather monotonous voice, as if she'd said it a million times over (which she probably had). In fact, the sign that had once told the reader which office was where had been taken down, but that was partly because of the remodeling going on.
-----
(( Well, this is an entirely different planet... So, instead you could just give the band a different name... Like instead of 'The Beatles", they could be... "The Cockroaches" or "A Beetle". But I'd refrain from referencing them as they are in this world, since they don't exist on this planet. ))
Solon heard the music from the basement and smiled, forgetting his plans to go back to the music store and rob it
again that day. "Freehand?" he whispered to himself. Quickly he ran up the stairs and opened his basement door. Without making a noise he slipped out and listened to the rest of Roy's song patiently. Then, when all went silent, Solon clapped slowly and softly for Roy.
"Good sound you've got there," he commented. "Is that song from memory or did you just make it up? I don't see any music lying around anywhere."
"Sssso" Lanbar started as he kept balance by leaning on the counter. "You're -hic- sssaying...There'sss no beer?...'Cause -hic- becaussse...you won't like me if i don't gotsss my beer."
OoC// mmk, oh, and subliminal message ftw, if anybody catches my drift...
IC//
"What?" Roy turned, seeing Solon. "Oh, I uh, it's from memory. My improv tends to sound more like an Eruption than actual music... Speaking of which, what will we be playing?" ...
Roy was never one for actually writing the music, a fact that pained him greatly. He just seemed to lack a medium to base his songs off of.
"Thanks." Riou said, entering the elevator, and pressing the button labeled "30". Upon reachingbhis floor, he headed immediately to the instructed room, and said, "Erm... I'm here to get an I.D."
Jas sighs and clicks her mic off. "This is gonna take longer than I thought," she leaves the room to get a glass of water. The ninja doesn't drink it, but ends up leaning against the counter and just holding the cup.
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on April 27, 2009, 02:24:04 PM
"Sssso" Lanbar started as he kept balance by leaning on the counter. "You're -hic- sssaying...There'sss no beer?...'Cause -hic- becaussse...you won't like me if i don't gotsss my beer."
"There is not any beer," the cashier repeated. "And you won't like me if I get mad."
Quote from: [-Xephyr-] on April 27, 2009, 02:32:37 PM
OoC// mmk, oh, and subliminal message ftw, if anybody catches my drift...
IC//"What?" Roy turned, seeing Solon. "Oh, I uh, it's from memory. My improv tends to sound more like an Eruption than actual music... Speaking of which, what will we be playing?" ...
Roy was never one for actually writing the music, a fact that pained him greatly. He just seemed to lack a medium to base his songs off of.
"Hm... Do you know a lot of songs?" Solon asked, stroking his chin. "Maybe you could remember the other parts and teach us? I think we should start our band with some good cover songs."
Quote from: Kierou on April 27, 2009, 02:33:05 PM
"Thanks." Riou said, entering the elevator, and pressing the button labeled "30". Upon reachingbhis floor, he headed immediately to the instructed room, and said, "Erm... I'm here to get an I.D."
The man there seemed tired, his eyes bloodshot and his reactions slow. "Okay, right," he said slowly. "Here." He handed Riou a sheet to fill out his personal information.
Riou quickly filled out the form and handed it back.
"Most of the songs I know are instrumentals." Roy nods towards the relaxing Jas "And I don't want to leave anybody out. I do know songs with lyrics, but first I need an idea of what everybody likes to play, y'all should already know what I like to play."
"I could play basically anything," Jason muttered,"as long as it's not extremely hard.
((Time to bring up the anime music. xP))
Jas stands there, softly singing a song to herself, glass now empty.
"Behind, where I looked back (Who's in the front?)
I raised my claws at the darkness (and ripped the night apart)..."
"Heh, it would've fit perfectly three years ago," she goes into the living room again after hearing Roy's question. "When I sing, it's usually RnB, though I'm open to just about anything."
"Same here," Jason uttered, not particularly to anyone. "...About the 'open to anything.' RnB isn't really my best, but I'll play it."
OoC// Eric Johnson is an example of playing with feeling...
"It's not about what you can play, it's what you want to play. If you don't enjoy what you play, then there is no emotion or there's negative emotion. Without emotion, the music sounds empty and meaningless. So let's see what everybody likes to play, instead of what you can play."
Quote from: Kierou on April 29, 2009, 12:50:25 PM
Riou quickly filled out the form and handed it back.
The man left, then returned nearly 10 minutes later with Riou's I.D. "Enjoy," he sighed, then kicked Riou out of his office.
-----
Solon reclined on the couch, tuning his bass.
'I have a feeling we're gonna find some trouble meeting a common goal here...' Solon thought as he listened to the others.
Upon exiting the building, Riou noticed the commotion within the hardware store. Deciding to put off lunch, he enters the store, the bell over the door ringing merrily.
Shu was looking into the hardware store window across the street. He could see the drunken man giving the cashier some trouble. The man must be pretty wasted.
God, what's going on in there? That man needs some help. He's really buzzed.
Harver sighed, plugging in his keyboard. He had played the piano quite a bit when he was younger, but hadn't been in contact with one for a few years. He tried to familiarize himself with the keyboard by playing a simple tune he'd used as a warm up when he used to play.
(( http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qbI-B-hffbM ))
"Maybe we shouldn't do just one style of music," Jas sits on the couch. "It's unique, and something that would get attention... or maybe we could try a few different types of songs to see what works. Sitting around here doesn't do poop."
"I agree with Jas," Harver said, finishing the short song he was playing. "We are going nowhere fast at the moment. Our best bet is to mix and match genres to see how we perform the best."
((http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=m3OddeR75UA Used the English,so it might be kinda off...))
Jas bites her thumbnail a bit, then starts whispering and singing bits of a song.
"I become lost on the animal trail without a way back
It was a dream that I had somewhere, a déjà vu that I recall," she thinks for a bit more, then stands up and starts pacing back and forth a bit, seemingly getting somewhere. Her singing gets louder as she comes onto something.
"Let me pass, let me pass; going is fine, fine
Yet returning on this road is scary, ah," then there's more passion in her voice.
"Are you born here and dying here?
No matter how many times you flounder and oppose it, no one can escape;
The wheel of fortune begins to turn when the cicadas cry"
Shu saw another person enter the hardware store. Probably curious over the commotion of the cashier and the drunken man.
((Well... that was uncreative. :( ))
Roy starts tapping his foot, then starts paying some deep powerul chords.
"C'mon everybody! Jump in and play along." I hope Solon doesn't mind me taking over...
Harver quickly turned the setting of his keyboard to play the sound of violins, and gave Jas and Roy some extra background music for the song.
Jas grins and continues as the additional music is played. "Stark eyes are staring and standing still
I'll sleep forever, listening to the lullaby
The last moments before death are in your dreams, ah," by now, the ninja had stopped pacing, and joined the rest of the group. Her eyes are no longer cast to the ground in thought.
"Are you born here and dying here?
No matter how many times you flounder and oppose it, no one can escape;
The wheel of fortune begins to turn when the cicadas cry." She takes a breath, and lets the others play on a bit as she draws up the next part of the song in her mind.
Jason slowly picked up the beat and began playing.
Solon grinned as he finished tuning his bass. He added in a low and fast rhythm to the song. He nodded his head with each beat, suddenly wrapped into the music. He had never actually learned how to play the bass. He picked up the trade when he stole one once, because it had looked cool. He remembered the cool blue color of it that had nearly matched his eyes. That was what draw him to the item. That night he had crept into the little boy's window and taken it. Ever since then he had played every night. Slowly he had learned from ear. He knew his skills must have been a lot rougher then the others, but his sharp ears told him they were all playing together in good harmony, especially good for a spontaneous jump into a song none of them really knew.
'In fact,' Solon thought, 'I may still have that bass somewhere...'
((He stole a kid's bass? That's terrible. xD))
Jas decides to repeat the first parts of the song as she figures out the last bits of the song. "Let me pass, let me pass; going is fine, fine
Yet returning on this road is scary, ah..." Then her voice gets darker.
"Are you born here and dying here?
No matter how many times you flounder and oppose it, no one
Can escape; the wheel of fortune
Begins to turn when the cicadas cry," she takes no more time getting into the last part of the song.
"The sky rumbles and yells, the door of occult opens;
C'mon, whose turn is it next?
The sad lips of the human sacrifice sing
Indeed next time, you'll slice apart the night that won't dawn..." Jas stops, letting the rest of the group tie it with the final notes.
Jason, however, remembers how he learned the trade of music. A young protegé of a talented musician, young Jason was skilled at the piano, playing classical music. After disobeying his parents and buying a set of drums, he played secretly, finding music wherever he could. Eventually, his parents found out, and later they threw his drums away. Soon after, they were killed by the Dead Men. Heartbroken, Jason did not play music again........
Until now.
one and two and skip and four and one and...
Roy's general emotional output was music. Otherwise, he was usually seemd very indifferent and unemotional.
Where he came from, emotion was frowned upon. Emotion makes you stand out, emotion makes you look weak. After years of this brutality, he left. But the lifestyle went with him, and he always looks like a cold, dead, unappealing person. But once he picks up a guitar... Well, just listen.
Roy played until Jas stopped singing.
(( Hey, Solon never was given a gift before XD The kid could buy a new one :P ))
Solon ended his beat with a final strum. He looked around the room. Then he began nodding. "Well," he said, not having much else to say. He was surprised at how well they did for a first time. "Well."
((You keep forgetting me!))
" 'Well' what?" Harver asked, leaning over the keyboard nonchalantly. "Personally, I believe we just did a fine job. Everything about it was amazing... it's like we've been playing these instruments - and that song - all our lives."
Jason nodded along, even though he had guessed on half of the song.
((What the hell? How could there have been so much activity without my knowledge? Oh well, how much did I miss?)).
((Not much. We jammed out to a song, and Shu got kicked out of a hardware store that Lanbar recently entered.))
((Yay, email notification works again! Anyways, that's good)).
Mira daydreamed through the jam session.
((And (the real) Jasi just came back from ACEN! *gives plushies to people*))
"Who knows," Jas is now holding her mic to the side. "Maybe we played in a past life or something, ya know?" She laughs and looks around. "Another song, or no?"
Quote from: Kierou on May 08, 2009, 02:18:16 PM
((You keep forgetting me!))
(( D: Sorry I thought you just entered the hardware store. I don't think you struck up a conversation with anyone. You can roam the hardware store or talk to someone or whatever you want, the people there will leave you alone unless you ask them a question or cause a scene, etc. ))
"It's the moment of truth," Solon said in an announcer-like voice. "Was their last performance beginner's luck, or does the team have some sort of musical bond that allows them to be... The Gods of Rhythm?"
Mira woke up from his daydream. "That's a great name for the band! Wait... Did we already decide on a name?"
"The Gods of Rhythm?" Harver questioned. "Where do you come up with that stuff?"
"No we didn't... and I think that name could work," Jas sits back down on the couch. "'Cept, I'm female, and therefore I'd be 'Goddess'." She pulls out yet another blow pop and starts thinking again.
((Does this "Gods of Rhythm" thing have anything to do with the plot? xP))
Harver began to think about the rest of Solon's "announcement". He smiled. "I liked the sound you gave of "the moment of truth", however."
"Hmmmm.... 'The Moment of Truth' sound like another good band name, does it not?" Mira asked.
Jas draws her legs in towards her, thinking of where the group could go from here. "Mmhm, that works too..." She lays her head back, and closes her eyes.
((I sort of assumed that they at least would've heard the bell and turned to look.))
"Or we could just go with 'The Dead Men.'" Looking at Jas, he adds,"and woman."
"Hmmmmm... The Dead Men and Woman or the Dead People?" Mira asked.
(( The people here are very self-centered you'll come to see XD Well, at least the girls behind the counters usually are. But here you go-- ))
The lady behind the counter looked around Lanbar to see another person walk in. "Great, just what I need, more customers," she muttered.
----------------
"It's all in here, my friend," Solon replied to Harver's comment, tapping his skull with his index finger. Solon leaned back and listened to the others argue over what they wanted their band name to be.
"Okay guys," Solon said and stood up. "Let's have a vote. First things first, let's openly nominate three names. Gods of Rhythm, Moment of Truth, and The Dead Men are the three that I heard. Are those good for nomination?"
"Sure," Jason agreed,"Mr.Leader."
"We are not going with 'Dead' anything," Jas crosses her arms, a look of finality on her face. "No, no, and hell no," she crosses her legs as well. "Naming ourselves after them? I don't think so."
"I agree with Jas on that point," Harver said, remembering that there were still people among them who didn't know about the Dead Men, "but we should still leave it open to a vote. Should we vote openly or secretly?"
"Them?" Jason questioned, oblivious. "Them who?"
Instead of answering the question, Jas just sits there. Just thinking of what her former foes put them through was enough to make her blood simmer. She leaves the question for someone else to answer, if it were to be answered at all.
Harver remained pensive, trying to think of what the correct response would be. Should we tell him? He thought, half to himself, half to Mira. Leave the question hanging there? Or perhaps we might tell a lie to make his visions of the truth opaque?
Mira nodded, signaling for a lie.
"Secretly," Solon replied, ignoring the comments on the Dead Men. He left the room, then came back with little square pieces of white paper, a black top hat, and some pens. "Write down the name you want, then put it in this hat." Solon placed all those things on the table and waited.
(( You guys can PM me your choices or just keep it on here, whichever works better for you. ))
Jas took a blue pen, and piece of paper. She thinks for a moment, trying to decide on which name fits the best. She's definitely not agreeing with 'The Dead Men,' so 'The only choices left are...' Her choice is scrawled on the piece of paper, though still legible, folded, and placed into the hat.
Jason quickly wrote down this: "Whatever the rest of them decide. If it's a tie, I pick Dead Men."
Mira tried to decide which band name would be the best one, but he couldn't think of a good one. His thoughts trailed off about the guy Solon was obeying for investigative purposes.
Harver took out a black pen and a small piece of paper, wrote his choice down quickly, and put it in the hat.
OoC//And I thought the band was only a cover to draw Roy into the plot, not an actual thing that was going to happen O_o
IC//
A band name already, when we hardly have anything to play... Roy just silently slipped his choice into the hat.
((Another thing about the group: they tend to get into whatever act they're trying to pull. xD))
"So," boredom quickly takes over Jas as she sits down on the couch again and pulls out a bottle of fuchsia-colored nail polish. "The results?" She asks, after watching everyone turn in their choices, now sweeping the brush over the nails, or rather, claws, of her left hand.
(( It was just a ploy to draw him in, but I mean, come on, who doesn't want to be in a band XD Might as well have some fun while we're at it :P. Besides, after thinking about it further, this band idea could help a lot to further the plot. ))
Solon took his hat and quickly read through the choices. "By most popular vote," Solon started in his announcer-like voice, "our band will be called--" A loud bang on Solon's crumpled door made him stop in mid-sentence. 'It must be...!' Solon began thinking, but his thoughts were interrupted by his own mad dash to the door. A few seconds he came back, acting as if nothing had happened.
"Dude, what was that?" Jason questioned. "And get on with the name, please."
Mira tried to look in Solon's eyes.
Jas had jumped up slightly with the noise, but obviously didn't get to see what had happened. She looks at the thief when he returns to the room. "Solon..." The look in her eye demands that she be informed of what had happened.
"This drunk givin' you trouble M'am?" Riou asked.
Venice, who had up to this point remained relatively silent in some corner, watched as Solon dashed in and out of the room. He raised an eyebrow at the thief.
"What was that?" he asked suspiciously.
Quote from: Kierou on May 16, 2009, 05:40:12 PM
"This drunk givin' you trouble M'am?" Riou asked.
The clerk looked skeptically at Riou for a moment. "As much trouble as any useless drunkard can," she responded. She pursed her lips, but then chuckled darkly. "Perhaps if you could get rid of him for me I'll give you something in return."
-----
"Right, right," Solon replied. His voice was distant and his eyes seemed distracted. But he quickly looked up, avoiding Mira's eyes although he could feel them burning into his skull, and put on his goofy grin. "The winner by unanimous vote is.... The Moment of Truth!"
"Speaking of truth, what happened outside?" Mira asked.
Solon grinned slightly, still keeping his gaze focused just above Mira. "Crazy kids," he said, shaking his head. "They find a broken door and decide to have a little fun."
"Then why didn't you say that to his face, and not the air above his head?" Jas had followed the direction Solon's eyes were looking in. "It's been a while, but I still know when somethin's up."
Harver glared at Solon intensely. "I still have some of the powers from the Dead Men," he proclaimed. "I can make you tell the truth if you don't want to naturally."
((Now, to wait for Dr.Hobo2.))
Quote from: Kierou on May 18, 2009, 01:25:31 PM
((Now, to wait for Dr.Hobo2.))
(( If he doesn't respond in 24 hours from now, I give you permission to God Mod a
slight bit and kick his character out yourself, just because I don't want to leave you there with nothing to do for days. That'd make for a rather boring RPG, and there wasn't high demand for this for nothing! ))
-----
Solon chuckled, moving his head from side to side. He thought for a moment before saying, "Well, fine, I wasn't going to tell you guys just yet, but I wanted to see how sure of a chance we had at making this band go anywhere. While I was out fixing my bass at that music shop I saw a flier with a form talking about the Battle of the Bands. It's a small gig, a low key sort of thing. You know, for garage bands. And... I entered us.
"This paper," he added, holding up the perfectly folded slip, "is our entrant's form. The guy was out of them so he promised to send one over as soon as possible. I wasn't going to tell you guys just yet. I thought we'd practice a little bit more first."
Shu was still sitting at his little bench across the street from the hardware store. The fight between the drunken man and the cashier was still going on. Shu found it incredibly funny and interesting. Too bad he couldn't hear them.
It was also very funny that the other man there seemed so very much confused by the whole thing. Again, too bad he couldn't hear anything.
Harver raised an eyebrow. "May we see the paper?" He asked. "After all, everyone here is a part of the band. We deserve to see what it is you've exactly entered us into."
Mira nodded.
((Person, you could've done more that 2 words. -_-))
Jas pulls out another sucker, puts it in her mouth, and folds her arms again. "Well... Then why act so suspicious about it? I wanna see this paper too." She stands up and crosses the room, now standing in front of Solon and holding her hand out. "No harm in knowing what the form looks like to make sure it's filled out right."
"Well," Solon said, stroking the paper and thinking for a moment, "I was just about to go downstairs and fill it out. If you three are really that interested in boring paperwork, then join me down there. The rest of you can continue practicing!" His eyes fell over Jason and Roy. "We're counting on doing good in this garage-band-thing. We can decide later whether we actually attend or not, but what's the harm in signing up to do it?" It was a rhetorical question, and soon Solon disappeared behind the looming white basement door.
Mira followed Solon into the basement, turning around to nod at Jas before actually entering.
Jason had a very suspicious look on his face. 'Hm.....' he thought,'are they hiding something.........nah!'
'Obviously not just a sign up sheet...' Jas considers lighting Solon's rear-end on fire, but sighs follows them into the basement instead. 'Can't blame him for not being so trusting after last time though.'
"I guess I should take out the trash." Riou said. Grabbing an empty booze bottle from the trash, he smashed it over the drunk's head, knocking him out cold. After dragging Lanbar out of the store, he picked up the shards of the bottle and threw them in the trash.
Harver followed Jas into the basement. "Any ideas on what that paper actually is?" He asked her in an almost inaudible whisper, so that only she could hear.
Jas leans into Harver and whispers, "I'm starting to think that it was another letter," she steps back up to the stair that he's on. "Could be some sort of threat too. Otherwise he wouldn't be acting like a pedophile that snuck into a preschool."
Something is definitely going on here, nobody in their right mind would sign this band into a contest already Roy thought, not entirely getting the point. "We barely get one song in after waiting all morning to finally play. Lazy... Give me a beat Jason."
OoC// http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FLoIceSk8d8
Jason nodded, tapping his drum sticks in perfect rhythm.
Venice, puzzled, followed Solon and the rest into a basement.
Quote from: Kierou on May 20, 2009, 09:53:47 PM
"I guess I should take out the trash." Riou said. Grabbing an empty booze bottle from the trash, he smashed it over the drunk's head, knocking him out cold. After dragging Lanbar out of the store, he picked up the shards of the bottle and threw them in the trash.
When he cleaned up his own mess, the clerk almost smiled. "Well then, not a bad job for a foreigner," she said in the kindest voice she could muster, which still sounded slightly sarcastic.
--------------
The basement was dark, the only light emitting was a small wooden lamp that illuminated the poorly hand-carved desk it was sitting upon. The small folded paper seemed to shine brighter still among all the darkness around them. Behind the desk came half of Solon's face, slightly lit by the lamp's rays. It was almost possible for someone with keen eyes to see the outline of the big wooden chair he was sitting upon. Otherwise, darkness fell upon them all.
"Curiosity killed the cat, they always say," Solon said as he heard them reach the bottom of the stairs. "Don't bother adding light to this place," he warned Jas. "This light is all you'll need." A hand flashed into the small area of view, pointing at the one lamp, then once again was engulfed in darkness.
"This is simply moronic!" Harver complained, realizing what Solon was doing. "That paper has absolutely nothing to do with a "Battle of the Bands". You're using the darkness to confuse us and make sure we can't read it. Either that, or you're changing the papers right now."
"When that's a daily occurence where you usually hang out, you get pretty good at it." Riou said.
"Well good thing you came here," she said. "If I press the security button one more time today my higher-ups may get suspicious. They'll give me a whole speech about how I'm driving customers away, just using it on people I don't like, and all that nonsense. ...Which is true. But it'd be a shame if I got that speech when I actually did need to use the button." She paused, then reluctantly let the rest of her 'thank you' speech flow out of her mouth. "And... as a thank you, you can have anything from this store if you'd like for free. If not, I'm sure we can work some sort of arrangement out."
--------
The bit of Solon's lip that could be seen through the darkness curved up into a smile. "Maybe that's what I'm doing," Solon said. "Or maybe not." He lifted the paper, allowing it to stay in the circle of light, and began unfolding it. From within the paper, another paper slipped out. It was a grayer, thicker paper with a few pages folded into it. Solon folded it into a paper airplane and threw it at Harver.
"Check it out," he said, "there's your Battle of the Bands information, along with all the 'fill in the blank' questions and other information every band entering is supposed to get filled out. That paper has everything to do with the Battle of the Bands. You can read it in the light," Solon added, waving his hands over the circle of illumination over his desk. "Although this paper," Solon said, holding the white slip the other paper came out of, "has very little to do with the Battle of the Bands."
"Everybody in the basement fought the Dead Men, you don't have to hide that other piece of paper from us." Mira said. "Maybe we can help, under the guise of a band."
Riou began browsing the store, searching for something he could use .
((Screwing with the minds of selfish people is entertaining.))
Harver deftly caught the paper airplane, and set it down on the table. "Alright then, let's hear about this other paper."
Quote from: Kierou on May 23, 2009, 02:18:46 PM
Riou began browsing the store, searching for something he could use .
((Screwing with the minds of selfish people is entertaining.))
It was a hardware store, filled with planks, nails, hammers, ropes, paints, among other things.
-----
"I know, I know," Solon said, nodding his head as Mira spoke. "I just didn't need to announce the news in front of the people who
don't know." He thought for a moment, unable to remember who did know and who didn't. After being alone for so long, then suddenly everyone was there again, he began to get confused between who was part of it and who was still being recruited.
"Well, I got two letters. One of them is from this morning, which made that big bang, the other is from last night. I guess I missed it, but I found it this morning when I picked up the other one. Here's the one from last night, it's the one that came with the Battle of the Bands notice." Solon held that letter up and read, "
Your band is good. You may use that cover to get you around this continent. Included is a form for a band contest taking place in four days time. It is held in Monte Island. You will need to have access to each country in order to save yourselves. Believe me, you should worry very much of yourselves. I have word of a band of pirates out terrorizing the lands. I worry they will attempt to foil our plans Await a letter from me to give you your next move. Until, stay hidden."
Solon thought a moment. "Well, the contest is in three days now. I checked the form, and it starts at 8 PM. So, we should get this handed in sometime today, then find a way to get to Monte Island... Of course, there is still the matter of the second letter." Solon picked the form back up and began scribbling down their information. "Our name? Moment of Truth... Lemme see... Harver is keyboards, Jas sings, I'm bass, that Roy kid is a beast at guitar... Jason does drums, right? and Venice and Mira, what do you two do?" Solon tapped the pencil on the desk and filled out some other trivial facts.
"Okay... Mira, you can take this." Solon folded the form up into a paper football and flicked it at him. "Just fill in what you and Venice do, then give it to the post office when you've got a chance."
Shu's eyes widened with surprise. The confused little man had just knocked out that drunken man.
Hmm Shu thought, I could use that! And maybe that drunken guy too!
The man was now starting to browse the store like nothing had happened. Shu was confused. Had he not just knocked out that man? Was it all an illusion? Or did he just not care at all?
He didn't care at all! As the thought swept through Shu's mind, he gave a semi-wicked grin. He didn't even CARE that he just beat the crap out of that guy! Like "Oh, hello." BAP, KO "Oh, whatever. Doesn't matter." Yeah... I could definatly use someone like HIM!
"Hmm," Jas takes in the information, but doesn't say anything for once. She has the craving to get into some more trouble, but took one look at her hands and sighed. All she has are the gloves that transfer her magic. 'What the hell am I gonna do with just these? Damn, I wish I had my blades.'
"That's a really long time to fill out a simple entry form for a contest, should we see what's taking them so long?" Roy asked Jason.
"I'm afraid thst there is nothing here I can use." Riou said to the clerk.
"Nah, I'm sure they'll be fine," Jason replied. "Wanna play something else to pass the time?"
Mira wrote down that he played the flute. With this type of band, a flute might had an interesting element to our music.
((I thought Mira was the other singer))
((He must of forgot :V))
OoC// Flute, huh? Where are we going to find songs that implements that? :S Lol...
IC//
"I'm always up for a song or two, know any good ones?"
Quote from: Kierou on May 24, 2009, 07:39:56 PM
"I'm afraid thst there is nothing here I can use." Riou said to the clerk.
"Well then," the clerk said, only slightly annoyed, "what would be a sufficient thank you for saving my job?"
-----
"And then for the other letter," Solon said, picking it up and unfolding it. This one he had yet to read. "
The pirates will arrive in exactly one hour following this letter. Heed my instructions carefully. The pirates are going to raid this town for plunder. Perhaps nothing will be salvaged. Perhaps nothing will be taken. Either way, you must get out of there. And you can not be seen by the pirates. Not a single one of them can see you. When they leave their ship, you have to sneak onto it. If there are any pirates left on the ship, murder them. You must sale to Monte Island. They will be the most forgiving for leaving without your ID cleared. Once there, await my next letter.
R"
(( If more people want to jump into the main story now, then when the pirates raid the town you should either get the same idea to sneak on the ship, or run into us and decide that traveling in a group is better to fight off the pirates. You know, something along those lines. But you don't have to join up with them now. You can get into the main story whenever you please. ))
"Eh..." Jason explained,"it might be boring, but whatever." He started playing a slower song.
((All I could find. Just listen to it. The video itself sucks.
rtsp://fgpr.rtsp-youtube.l.google.com/CkQLENy73wIaOwkn6PLuICpd7hMYESARFEIJbXYtZ29vZ2xlSARSB3JlbGF0ZWRaCUNsaWNrTGlua2CZ19m8_ZqG8Y8BDA==/0/0/0/video.3gp
OoC//I can't view your links for some reason.
((Oh, my bad.
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7l0qIO7y6Cc&feature=related ))
"..." Jas just stares at Solon. "And how long ago exactly did you get that letter? Don't you think that I don't know, maybe... We should be getting the hell up outta here instead of intercourse in' around!?"
"The letter was obtained within an hour ago." Mira told Jas calmly. "Like when Solon was acting weird when he came back into the house, after going outside to meet this person. Solon, how much time do we have left?" Mira asked.
"I can't think of anything at the moment. Let's just say you owe me." Riou said, smiled, and walked out the door.
"We'll need to hurry," Harver said, trying to remain as calm as possible. If I begin to fret, I'll become nervous. If I become nervous, I won't be stable, and I'll only slow us down.
"Obviously," Jas pulls her gloves down onto her hands more, smirking. "Well, I'm ready," she says, taking a breath. "Any other last details before we grab the other two and take care of this?"
Solon glanced at Jas for only a second, momentarily surprised by her rage. "We've got half an hour to spare," Solon stated. He closed his eyes, visualizing the harbor. "Okay," he started, eyes still closed, "there's a small diner by the harbor. It'll take us 10 minutes to get there if we act fast. We can hide in the back alley way, in the dumpsters. No pirate would search for treasure there. Once all the pirates leave we can stow away on their ship." He opened his eyes back up, smiling slightly. "Seriously guys, calm down. We even have enough time to chill and pack some things. You guys go and get your things together. Don't bring more then a small bag. We'll probably be traveling a lot now, and we don't need a lot of luggage wearing us down." Solon sat up and began pushing them out the door. He stole the form back from Mira, deciding he'd mail it himself under these new circumstances.
"You've all got 10 minutes. Tell Jason and Roy that we're heading out, too." Solon saw to it that they made it out of his basement, and without any time to spare he shut the door in their faces. Within the next few minutes fumbling around could be heard in the basement.
--------
"Sure," the cashier said, smiling, no intentions of giving him any favors now.
'Woosaah, Jasi,' Jas sighs again then heads for the room that she spent the night in. She clips her chain onto the belt loops of her jeans, then draws it tight so that it doesn't make noise. The ninja starts digging through the few belongings that she did bring, seeing as she didn't expect to be staying for very long. Of course... there were a few things that got by disguised as ordinary objects. Her ninja outfit is supposed to be just a costume for a party, a sack of marbles that is to be a gift, and a few special vials of nail polish because of course, what girl doesn't want to be pretty? 'It's all about the small things right now,' Jas pulls her bag over her shoulder and leaves the room.
Mira already had everything on his person.
Before walking out the door Riou said darkly, "And remember, if you don't keep your word, I am capable of much more than what I did to that drunk." With that, the door closed, and the bell jingled cheerily on his way out.
He's moving.
Shu jumped up from his bench and started following the man. After follwing him for awhile, Shu decided to take alittle action. (Mostly due to bordem.) Shu snuck up close (Not too close, shortly out of swinging distance.) and whispered, as loud as he could muster, "Psst, I saw what you did there. You have guts, and it looks like you are pretty strong too."
Roy stopped playing mid-song and looked to Jas and the look on her face.
"Whoa... What's going on? Please don't tell me there was an emergency with the paperwork because this is obviously not about a simple Battle of the Bands."
"Yeah, emergency," Jas nods her head towards the door. "We leave in less than ten, so grab what you absolutely need. Let's just say we're gonna be doing a bit more runnin' around from here on out."
(( Note: This character is one of the pirates, so he gets a few special privileges for his character sheet.
Name: Orlando "Wolfe" Stevens
Age: 22
Gender: Male
Appearance: Burly man with unruly jet black hair reaching to his chin. He has sea green eyes often in slits like a wolf searching for its prey. His beard seems to stay as a five o' clock shadow, never growing out, and he never shaves it off. He does not look like the typical pirate, besides his blue bandanna wrapped over his head to conceal his thick locks, and he often sports black shades.
Biography: ???
Item: A scimitar with a plain black handle in a sheath on his back
Item 2: A revolver in a holster on his right side
Homeland: SooToo
Starting Place: On a boat, headed to Sans Port ))
"Yo ho, yo ho, a pirate's life for me!" a drunken pirate sang badly. He swung around on the rum barrel he sat on, holding a glass and often scooping more of the drink into it. Orlando watched from a distance, leaning against the rail. He pushed a shock of his black hair out of his eyes and wrapped his bandanna around his head. The salty air around them was cool, and became harsher as they picked up speed. Orlando could see their next target coming up. He estimated they'd hit land in 10 minutes time.
"Wolfe!" barked the man coming out of the cabin near where Orlando stood.
"Yessir," Orlando said, turning slightly to face the captain. He stood tall and mighty, his hair and most of his facial features concealed in a black hat that dipped in front of his face.
"After tha' last mission, don believe you'll be gettin' yer foot outta this here boat!" the captain barked. "You'll be stayin' righ' here, scrubbin' me deck." Orlando didn't reply. He turned away to look at the sparkling ocean, grinding his teeth. "Didja here me?"
"Sure, whatever."
"Wha' was that?"
"Fine. I'll stay on this gosh darn ship. Enjoy your time without my presence. If we keep following your orders we'll come home with not a single bloody coin to show for our efforts!" Orlando roared, no longer to hold in his temper. He wanted to go out on this mission. It wasn't his fault his last attempt at making barrels of gold ended badly. He had been so close, it was Parry who messed him up! Orlando turned to look at the drunk, sitting there singing tunes and drinking rum.
"That's it!" the captain spat, taking out his sword. "Yer nothin' but a bloody disgrace! Yer gonna walk tha' plank fer yer mouth!"
Orlando smiled devishly and took out his own sword. "A battle to the death is in order then?" Without another word, the two began sparring. Orlando proved to be a skilled swordsman, but the captain proved to be a skilled pirate. Orlando had the captain cornered. They were at the bow of the ship, both panting slightly. The captain had lost a hand, and with it his sword. Orlando smiled and pointed his sword to the captain's chin.
"You know, sir," Orlando said with sarcasm dripping from every word. "I've always admired how even at such an old age, you've managed to stand on two feet and bark orders at others more capable then yourself. It's quite admirable. In fact, I almost don't want to finish you off. I don't know if I'd find a sickly pleasure in killing you and watching you fall off this ledge and plunge into the cold, dark waters below that will eat you whole. Would I imagine the sharks that would smell your blood and come to chew on the remains of your torn carcass? Probably. But only because I would want to imagine if you'd feel any pain or not. I can only hope that an animal feeding on your insides won't be painful. But, now that we've come this far, we might as well go the rest of the way, right? Well, captain, please enlighten me with your last words before I feed you to the fish."
Orlando looked down at the old man to see a revolver pointed right at his heart. Before he had time to swing, the captain fired the bullet. There was a loud blast and suddenly everything seemed to become ghostly silent. Orlando looked up, his eyes focusing on the bright sun. Things were getting blurry, was it from the sun's rays? He coughed and could see speckles of red coloring the floor. His hand went to his chest, where more of that deep red color appeared on his hand. Cranberry juice? He felt his feet give, but instead of crumpling to the floor, he felt himself falling backwards over the railing. There was more pain, this time higher in his shoulder, and he realized that the captain fired a second bullet that forced him overboard. He felt the impact of hitting water and then began tasting the salty ocean. He was still deaf from the initial blast, but everything else seemed more sensitive. The cold ocean, salty taste, blazing sun, the rhythmic waves as they pushed him towards shore. His last moment consisted of all these feelings around him before the corners of his eyes began going black. He turned his head slightly and saw the boat move past him. They were only a minute or two away from shore now... And then Orlando felt nothing.
Solon ran up the steps and opened the basement door, a sack over his shoulder. "We're heading out," Solon said quickly. "Grab anything you need and meet me outside." He paused at the door then turned his face slightly at them, seriousness etched throughout his face. "This isn't about the band. Your going to have to do some things you may not want to do, or may not think your cut out to do. This isn't about playing a few songs to make people happy, this is about life or death. I understand I am throwing all this at you so quickly, but it's better to explain the urgency of this now.
"I'm sure you've guessed it, but this isn't all about just making a band. There's more to all this then you could understand so soon. And I understand if after now you've realized you've bitten off more then you can chew. I'd understand if anyone would like to back out, and you can do so at any time. But right now, it'd be safer to stick with me, I can help you get out of here safely. There isn't time to explain any more just yet. I can explain everything on the boat."
After Solon finished, he opened the beaten down door and walked out. He shook his head, then yawned and stretched. Now that that was out of the way, he could relax for a bit until everyone was done getting ready. He just needed them to know how important this was, especially to him.
Jason sighed. 'Will we be back? I kinda like this place.' he thought. He then proceeded to organize his....err....few things.
((Lulz, PotC))
Jas steps outside, arms folded. "I'm ready. Don't know about the others though." She watches the wind blow ominously through the treetops. 'And the scent of the air,' "It's probably gonna rain," she murmurs, now watching the clouds roll by.
Mira simply met the others outside, without a word.
Jason finally got his few things together and met the others outside of the door. "So.....where are we going, Solon?"
Harver began packing his things. Out of his carry-on bag, he took out two fingerless gloves. With these, I'll be able to channel whatever remaining power I have from the Dead Men into my hands, he thought. May not be much, but it should still be sufficient. He put his bag around his shoulder and walked outside.
((Copyin' Jas' style, much. LS =P))
Jas looks back when Harver comes outside, seemingly in her daze still. A few moments later though, she notices the gloves on his hands, and starts laughing. She can't help to do so even at a time like this, pointing out, "Aww, hahaha. We match."
((What? Naw. I mean - no, not at all! =3))
Harver chuckled as he realized the similarities. "Yes, I suppose we do," he said, looking down at his gloves. Hmm... perhaps I should have designed them with cover for the fingers...
(( The rest of you just jump in and can pretend you were with us the whole time if you want :P, we'll start heading out now though. ))
"Okay," Solon said, looking around at everyone. "We should hurry, I'm not sure how much time we have any-" A loud bang interrupted Solon. He turned around and could see a black cannonball blasting into a building somewhere in the town square. "Well, looks like we're out of time. Ha, ha..." Another ball hit the same building, and Solon watched it collapse. "We'll need to sneak around since we can't be seen..." he whispered to himself, then said more loudly, "Remember, don't let the pirates see you!" He turned and began heading around, the long way, in the opposite direction from the cannonball blasts.
"Follow me! We're going to have to go the long way in order not to be seen. Don't let anyone fall behind, and be aware of pirates. If one sees you... kill him." Solon began jogging, scanning his area to make sure he didn't spy anyone that looked out of the ordinary, and once in a while would look back to make sure no one fell behind.
Harver took up the back of the group, making sure that everyone would get to their destination without harm. For once I actually trust the darn fool, he thought to himself in regards to Solon.
Jason ran kind of toward the middle. 'What the heck. I don't have any weapons,' he thought. 'Unless I use my drumsticks.'
Jas makes sure to stay close to the ones who are new to the group, watching their backs should something go wrong... Or if they came across a pirate. Her endurance and speed makes keeping up not a problem.
(( How do you guys like the new "What we're up to" section I made? This time I'm really planning on keeping it up to date XD I promise. ))
Solon listened carefully, allowing his thieving instincts to take control, only thinking about the fact that he needed to steal a boat, and he could not let the owners see him, as if it were any other job. He heard people screaming, laughter from who he believed to be the pirates, and blasts from cannons and from guns. Another building collapsed, and he smelled smoke. "They're getting closer. Damn they move fast! Must be a lot of them, or they aren't here for the riches," Solon said to the group. He moved swiftly, then ducked into an alleyway. "We'll cut through here, then backtrack around..." Solon's voice trailed off as he thought.
The alleyway split into two different directions. Solon took the right, going back the way they had just went, just through the alley now. He wondered vaguely if it would be better if they split up, then wondered if anyone else knew the way they were supposed to go. 'I guess I'll have to lead them... I've been here for 3 years, I know my way around,' he realized. With this sudden thought, Solon began feeling the weight of dependency. With it he charged on faster, feeling a greater urgency then before to make it to safety without being seen.
Up ahead was a brick wall. Solon stopped at it and turned around to make sure everyone was there. "We are going to have to climb. There's going to be some jumping from building to building now. We have to act fast, before the pirates start attacking this section of town. The jumps aren't far apart. Its the long climb that may tire you out." Solon threw his grappling hook up and stepped aside to allow people to start climbing. "Once you make it to the top, start jumping down to the rooftops below. Eventually you'll make it to a giant gap to a building very high up, too high to jump onto. Below you will be an open dumpster. Jump into it, then get out to let the next person in. Hide behind the dumpsters until everyone is together. That's when we make our move. Now c'mon we have to hurry. And don't stand too close to the edges, we can't have them seeing us. They're too far away now, but if we take too long they might make it over here. So we gotta be fast and efficient."
Solon looked around at them all one last time. "If any of you have any fears swallow them now."
"Wait, inside or behind the dumpsters!?" Jason questioned, waiting to climb.
"Jump into them for a soft landing, but wait behind them," Solon explained, listening to see how much time they had left.
Harver waited at the bottom with Solon, letting the others climb up before him. He was intent on being the last, so that he could keep his eyes open for pirates behind them. "You seem pretty sure that this plan of yours will work, Solon," he said, his eyes unmoving from the alleyway. "Are you positive on this?"
'Building hopping huh? Weird how I met you guys because of that,' Jas pulls the chain off her belt, then throws it up and around, latching to a steady post. She begins to scale the wall on her own chain, only looking down to say, "It'll be faster with two ways to climb instead of waiting," the ninja continues upwards, "Oh and Harver, we've gotta trust him. Don't doubt, at a time like this," and soon disappears over the ledge.
Jason nods, grabbing the hook and climbing up.
"I was the guy who dealt with the drunks and ruffians in the bar I worked at. You need something?" Riou said, his pace not at all slowing. "And when you follow someone, moving slowly in plain sight does not exactly scream 'inconspicuous.'"
Mira used his own grappling hook to climb over the hall. Once at the top, Mira jumped on the roofs as Solon instructed, following the others who were already doing the same thing, making sure he wasn't too close to people in front of him, nor too fast, so he wouldn't bump into anyone.
Solon nodded. "It's the best plan we've got. The other way cuts through and ends up going toward the pirates... Our best option not to be seen would be to go this way. It's the best way to the dumpsters. As long as we are fast..." On that note, Solon nodded appreciatively towards Jas' idea.
By this time, Jason was up. He then started what Solon said to do.
"Understood," Harver said, waiting for the others to finish climbing up.
Solon looked back at Harver. He already knew that Harver was planning on going after everyone else, or so it seemed that way, but he asked anyway, "You planning on going anytime soon? Or would you rather consult with the pirates?" It was a reference back to when Harver had been a traitor, but made into a friendly joke to re-establish that that incident was water under the bridge.
Jas lays low, looking to see if anyone else was using her chain to climb up, and waiting as patiently as she can for them to get to the top so she can pull it in. It may slow her down as an individual, but she couldn't risk leaving a trail for the pirates to follow when they come across the alley. As soon as the last one up she draws the silver chain around her belt loop again, and proceeds to leap across the buildings, using her agility to her advantage.
"After you," Harver said, holding the grappling hook steady for Solon to climb. "Or do you want to spar a bit before heading up?" He asked with a smirk, referring to their battle on the ship when his shoulder was cut up badly.
(Wow...I haven't been here since forever and a week...))
Lanbar woke up ouside of the store with what he thought was a massive hangover but soon found out that it was just a bumb on his head. He sat there rubbing it. "Ugh...when did I get this?"
Quote from: Kierou on May 26, 2009, 07:21:50 PM
"I was the guy who dealt with the drunks and ruffians in the bar I worked at. You need something?" Riou said, his pace not at all slowing. "And when you follow someone, moving slowly in plain sight does not exactly scream 'inconspicuous.'"
"Actually... I need some help from you. I thought I could do it on my own... but I guess even I am no match for this challenge. Would you like to be rich?"
Solon laughed. "Nah, I've had enough of those." Solon grabbed onto the rope and began climbing. He quickly reached the top and began jumping from roof to roof, closely following the others.
---
"Har, har, har!" Parry the pirate laughed. The captain followed not far behind, dragging a cannon and yelling, "Fire!" every once in a while. Parry would run next to the cannon and light the fuse, then they would watch as another building would crumble under their might.
"Civilian!" Parry eventually yelled, coming to a stop outside a hardware store to see a man sitting on the curb, rubbing his head. The captain noticed two people walking away from the area, talking.
"You can deal with this kid," the captain grunted. He left Parry towering over Lanbar and began towing the cannon, strapped to a board with wheels, towards the two pedestrians.
"Oy!" the captain yelled at Riou and Shu, gaining on them. "Hows about you two get down on yer knees, so I can blow yer heads off, har, har, har!"
Once Solon was at the top, Harver began to climb up the rope. Once at the top, he began to hoist the rope up, so that no one would be able to know that they were there.
"Ha! But I was about to eat lunch! How do you expect me to do that without a head!?" Riou said playfully.
Jas had already began to leap across the buildings, following the directions that she was given. She ducks down to let pirates pass by, but when they're gone, it's back to crossing the rooftops.
((
Quote"you two get down on yer knees, so I can blow"
My mind just went so far into the gutter right now. o.o;))
((Don't you mean,"so you can blow?" Lol XD.))
Jason also did as commanded, running, at first beside Jas, but because of not being "fit," soon found himself behind her.
Quote from: Sh0rTi on May 27, 2009, 07:43:54 PM
(( My mind just went so far into the gutter right now. o.o;))
((Well blow me down *insert Robot Chicken episode here* XD))
"So where's this dumpster you guys recommended falling into?" Mira asked.
((Nope, "So I can blow (my load)," was the first thing that came to mind. xD))
"Right here," Jas leaps, but instead of going straight across, she speeds down feet first into the dumpster. She lands with a soft 'poof' on the garbage bags beneath, then soundlessly on the ground under that. The ninjas signals for the Mira and Jason to start coming down.
((I know what you meant :P))
Mira jumped down into the dumpster with his feet pointing down, and once the trash absorbed his fall, Mira did a Parkour-style frontflip out of the dumpster. He finished the maneuver with a crouch to absorb the shock (or at least force) from the frontflip.
Jason, not as athletic, watched the duo jump in and back out. 'What the heck! How am I supposed to do this? I'm not a freakin' ninja!' he thought. Gathering his nerves, he very weirdly jumps into the dumpster before slowly climbing out. On his way out, however, the side opening of the dumpster and Jason's head collided, knocking him out cold.
"... Absolute failure." Mira said, as he carefully dragged Jason out of the dumpster.
Lanbar looked around, he was still next to the hardware store. He faintly remembers annoying the woman at the counter before...before he blanked out. Man...I could do for some rum right now. He stood up still looking toward the store and bumbed into the man towering in front of him. "Oh, sorry about that." He said as he simply patted Parry on the shoulder and began walking away. Maybe I can just grab another quick swig from that bottle I hid.
"Well ah.. wha? Wait... you have food?" Shu asked, somewhat hungry. "Do you have enough for both of us? I have a lack in money."
The captain smiled, now whirling his cannon around to face Shu. "I'm a nice man, so hows about I give you two five seconds to run, eh?" He holds up one hand, hidden behind a black glove and begins counting down. "One..."
Parry aimed his gun and shot, hitting slightly to the left of Lanbar on purpose. "Now yer in for it! Spar me, or you won't be spared! Har, har!"
-----
Solon tucked his grappling hook under his belt again and made it to the final building. "Cannonball!" he shouted, tucking himself into a ball and jumping inside. It took himself a couple seconds to recover from the fall, then he grabbed the edge of the dumpster and propelled himself out. After his eye's adjusted, he noticed Jason out cold.
"Hmm... Anyone have any smelling salts?" he asked, scratching his chin. "We'll just have to-" Solon stopped mid-sentence as he felt around in his pocket. He pulled out the paper he was supposed to put in the mail. 'Getting out of here safely is definitely our biggest priority... But we need a reason to go to Monte Island. And a cover up for once were settled in again.' Solon thought, trying to get his priorities in check before he made a decision. But that was enough for him to decide.
"Grab some cold water and splash it on his face," Solon said, referring to Jason. "Get on the ship. If I'm not back in time, just go on without me." Then Solon dashed away, tightly holding the form in his fist.
Riou quickly put his fist in the captain's face, knocking him to the ground, but not knocking him out.
"Listen up Cap'. You don't use something that slow to fight someone with ninja training."
Shu was absolutly confused. Who was this random man with this cannon. This had happened so suddenly!
"What the-?"
All of a sudden, the man who he was following just walloped the pirate. Shu thought it impressive. He looked kinda big.
Then he heard 'Listen up Cap'. You don't use something that slow to fight someone with ninja training.'
"Wha? YOU HAVE NINJA TRAINING?! AWESOME!"
((Crap... I wasn't paying attention.))
The captain got back up slowly and began laughing. He took off his black coat, his black hat, his shoes, and his gloves, leaving only himself in a black jumpsuit. He proved to have muscle, and wasn't nearly as old as thought to be. A long scar went down from the top of his forehead to the bottom of his chin, going diagonally across his left eye and lip. His hair was long and white, kept in a ponytail.
"There's more to everyone then what meets the eye, kid," the captain said, dropping the accent. His voice sounded like a deep growl. "Well, c'mon kid, give me your best shot."
(( Just remember this time you can't be sure a shot hits, give the captain a chance to dodge. He's not THAT old =P ))
Harver quickly jumped across the buildings, and landed in the dumpsters safely, only to see Solon quickly running away. "Where the hell does he think he's going alone?" He asked, more to himself than to anyone else. He hastily propelled himself out of the dumpster, and ran in Solon's direction.
Jas balls her right hand into a fist, then opens it. "Way better than cold water right here," she smirks as the snowball in her hand continues to form. After it becomes slightly bigger than a snowball, she whips it at Jason's face.
Then a blur of red passes her. "What the hell, Harver!?" Jas snaps her fingers, and flames erupt in the redhead's path. "Get back here!"
Harver skidded to a stop, looking in awe at the flames before him. He turned around to Jas. "You think I'm just going to let him go off on his own like that? The chances of him running into a band of pirates with his terrible sense of directions are higher without me than with!"
"We should head to the ship, as Solon said." Mira said. "If we have to, I'll carry him over."
"No, thank-you," Jason muttered, his eyes finally opening. "Ugh, I wasn't cut out to be a ninja."
"True," Jas says, keeping the wall of flames ablaze. "Solon has a high chance of running into a pirate, but we can't risk them seeing more than one of us. And to make things worse, we have a man down and dazed here. Fighting and watching someone else's back would be a pain in the ass with just two."
"I'll be fine," Jason replied, standing up. He almost fell down again, but caught his balance.
"We've got to get to the ship!" Mira said, summarizing what he said earlier. "If we wanted to simply hide, we could of done so back at Solon's place, but right now, we're trying to accomplish something. Do you remember what that letter said about getting to the ship?" Mira asked, annoyed about Jas' evaluation of the situation. "Moving and watching are two different things. If we have to give him a moment, we can, but staying put isn't a part of the plan. If we wait too long, the pirates will get back to their ship, possibly taking Solon's life along with them. What's a band with only one member, right?"
"I know that we need to get to the ship," Jas grits her teeth and turns towards that direction. "But it doesn't help if everyone tries to split off. Now come on," she douses the fire with an ice spell, and starts running again, taking the lead.
"It's better lose one or two people separated than it is to lose everyone as a whole." Mira said, as he started following Jas to the ship. "We're do a head count once we arrive, then I'll see about trying to communicate with the missing people, if necessary."
((I know. The sure hit was for story purposes.))
Riou struck out with a kick at the captain while he was in the midst of his little speech.:
((I actually had a character in DMDTS, but got Perma-Banned soon after.))
Lanbar jumped at the sound of the bullet. The hell does this guy want?...Okay stay cool. Lanbar tried to slowly turn around cool and calm which ended up just to be him turning around like normal. "Well then...if it's a fight you want," He said as he reached into his pocket, "Then it's a fight you'll ge-" He suddenly stopped as his hand felt that what he was looking for was gone. Where the bloody hell did I put my emergency rum!? He started frantically rummaging through all his other pockets.
Jason tagged closely behind Mira, probably due to the fact that he did not want to be stuck behind the dumpster murmuring to himself "It'll be okay" and rocking back and forth like a person from the insane asylum.
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on May 28, 2009, 04:05:03 PM
"It's better lose one or two people separated than it is to lose everyone as a whole." Mira said, as he started following Jas to the ship. "We're do a head count once we arrive, then I'll see about trying to communicate with the missing people, if necessary."
"But that's the thing," Jas leaps over a fallen garbage can. "We need to stay as one and not lose anybody because we still don't know everything about what the hell's going on."
"That's a problem I could fix." Mira told Jas, referring to his ability to read minds and the converse to that skill.
Quote from: Kierou on May 28, 2009, 04:46:14 PM
((I know. The sure hit was for story purposes.))
Riou struck out with a kick at the captain while he was in the midst of his little speech.:
((I actually had a character in DMDTS, but got Perma-Banned soon after.))
(( Oh really? Cool XD Sorry if I don't remember you, the only character I remember that just randomly vanished was Kai. ))
The captain blocked it with his hand. "I've got about 20 years of experience over you, kid," the captain warned. "I'm not about to lose." He beckoned him on, still not attempting to strike.
----
Parry laughed, holding his own bottle of rum and took a swig. "What you lookin' for, eh?" he asked, swaying slightly as he aimed his gun again. "Say 'ello to Death for me, willya?" Parry fired his gun again, but in his drunken state his aim was questionable. That was two bullets lost, and his revolver held six.
----
Solon sinked into the shadows, following the shade of the buildings to get to safety. "Okay, keep from pirates, find the post office... keep from pirates, find the post office..." Solon repeated to himself. He stopped when he heard commotion. "Lanbar?" And a little farther down two men were sparring as a third watched. "Oh man, I have to get Lanbar outta there! He needs to get on the ship with us." Looking back at the other three, Solon wasn't quite sure who were the good guys or if any of them were pirates. "The guy in the jumpsuit sure does look weird, though..."
"Now, how do I get to Lanbar without being seen... Then again, if Lanbar's been seen, then what's the point of hiding anymore? Gah, whatever. I'm going for it!" With Solon's conversation with himself over, the internal battle fought and won by the more risky, rash side, Solon began running over to help his friend.
"Lan-" he begun shouting, but a shot was fired, drowning out his voice. "Oh poop, they've got weapons... Lanbar, you okay?"
Riou took up what was obviously a defensive stance. He knew many martial arts, but his favourite by far has been Shotokan karate, an amalgamation of Karate, Kempo, and Judo.
((At least I think it's judo.))
The captain laughed hoarsely. He circled around Riou slightly, then aimed a fast kick down at his knees.
((Ninja = Jump))
Riou easily hopped the kick, while launching a kick of his own towards the captain.
"Wait a minute..." Lanbar said as he slowly walked toward Parry. "You appear with rum...just as I had lost my rum...and then you TAUNT me with it! This...will be the worst mistake of your life!" With that, he threw a left hook at Parry's head with all his strength.
Harver nodded reluctantly, and began to follow Jas and the others, taking up the back of the group once again. It seems that the only ones here who can really fight are Jas and I... perhaps Mira, too, if worse comes to worse.
"What's that supposed to mean?" Mira asked Harver with an offended tone to his question.
"To be honest, I don't remember you fighting much in our previous expedition," Harver said, thinking about their fights against the Dead Men. "However, my memory is not the best. Also, you do come in handy quite a bit, and not just on the battlefield.."
"... What's that supposed to mean?" Mira asked, confused.
((XD)).
"What previous expedition?" Jason butted in, eager to know what they were talking about.
((Oh, Mira, and his oh so innocent mind... =P))
"Your healing powers are most useful," Harver said bluntly. He then turned to Jason. "Oh, we sailed around. Nothing large."
((If this sequel became a movie, that would be the best part of it XD)).
"... Oh yeah, glad to have been useful in that regard." Mira replied. "That was some sailing expedition, wasn't it?"
The captain brought his kick upwards, about to slam in between Riou's legs. At the same time he attempted to dodge the kick sent at him, but it ended up knocking his nose hardly, which begun to bleed.
---
Parry felt a stinging pain in his cheek. "Ow, well blimey!" He put his own gun away and attempted to punch Lanbar right in the nose.
---
Solon, unnoticed by the pirate, now watching the battles, remembered he had a postbox to look for. "You seem to be doing good on your own, Lanbar," Solon said. "Listen, when your done with this, get on the boat that has everyone else on it!" His instructions were vague because he didn't need the pirate knowing that they were about to steal his ship.
Solon then continued running down the road, being as stealthy and fast as he could, toward the center of town.
The kick caught Riou's leg, flipping him, and sending him facedown in the street. Quickly recovering, he aimed a headbutt for the captains gut.
The captain stepped back from the force of the hit, but grabbed Riou when he made impact with him and leaned in his weight to send them both tumbling to the ground.
---
Solon found burning buildings when he reached the center of town. There was virtually no one, except the three pirates he saw laughing, parading, and drinking rum. Slowly, he crept toward an alley way. 'Gotta distract 'em so I can get to that postbox!' Solon realized, thinking up a plan.
Riou kicked his foot on the ground while falling pushing him forwards enough to send a punch at the captain's face.
The punch nailed the captain right in the cheek. "That's it... No more playing around!" The captain and Riou hit the ground, with Riou underneath the captain. Now, legs wrapped around Riou, sitting up above him, the captain was ready to strike. "Take some of this!" the captain yelled, beginning to throw some punches at his face.
Riou took the blows, all the while punching at the captain himself.
The captain took the hits as well, punching Riou's face even harder. Eventually, he stopped and rolled off of him. "That's enough," he panted, face bloodied. "I'll admit you are an admirable opponent, but I can not toy with you any longer." The captain removed something from his pocket and then said, "I will fight you again." And then he threw whatever he had taken out of his pocket onto the ground. Smoke emerged almost immediately, and when it cleared, the captain was gone.
---
Solon pulled apart a piece of the bullet from the gun he pick pocketed from Parry. He took out the gun powder and spread it out and finished by spraying the rum he had "borrowed" from Lanbar ((if you don't mind, of course)) all over the building the gunpowder led to. Hiding back behind the alley, Solon took out his lighter and started a spark over the gunpowder. A flame quickly lit up and followed the trail he had set for it. When it reached the building and hit the rum, there was a blast.
The building was in flames and partly destroyed now. The noise attracted the pirates, who rushed over to enjoy the dirty work. "Perfect," Solon muttered. He then ran silently across the plaza, reaching the postbox the pirates had practically been guarding, and slipped the paper in. "Boom, baby," Solon whispered, remembering a catchphrase like that he might have heard on TV, and using it as his own.
"'Ey, 'ey! Look ova' thar!" one of the pirates shouted, noticing Solon.
"'Eh, wha' abou' tha'..." the other one said, shaking his head from side to side. "'Ooks 'ike 'e gah' oursehves a rea' good one, eh Bert?"
"Tha's righ', Ernie!" Bert replied, chuckling. The two of them soon encircled Solon, drawing out there swords. "An' he ain't even armed!"
"Well, fellas, let's do some math," Solon proposed. "It took me fire, gunpowder, and alcohol to create my diversion. Just because I haven't drawn a weapon, doesn't mean I don't have one. Now, whoever can guess the weapon hidden in my back pocket correctly first wins!"
"I s'pose you'd 'ave a gun?" Bert said.
"Bu' so do we, so ih dun mahher much," Ernie added
"Wha' do we win?" they asked in unison.
"Your prize," Solon started, drawing the revolver, "is the first shot." Solon fired the gun, hitting Bert in the chest. With only a grunt, the pirate went down. 'Oh man,' Solon thought, now getting nervous. 'Rules are rules... Kill anybody who sees me...' Solon's hand started shaking slightly. He stared at Ernie, who he noticed had drawn his own pistol. 'Aim. Fire. Don't think. Aim...' Solon pulled the trigger a second time, hitting Ernie's hand at the time when he pulled his own trigger. It messed up Ernie's shot, and the bullet that was aimed at Solon's chest hit his left shoulder instead. Solon stumbled slightly, but Ernie was still alive, he needed to finish this.
'His hand...' Solon thought when he glanced at it. The hand that had once held Ernie's pistol was now red, and seemed to be missing multiple fingers. 'Now this isn't about murder... this is about ending his misery. I'm doing this for the greater good,' Solon convinced himself. With the last of his energy, as Ernie stood there, screaming in pain, cradling his lost hand, Solon aimed the gun right at Ernie's head. There was one last blast, and then Ernie fell to the ground, dead before he hit the floor.
"That's a wrap, folks..." Solon fell to the ground as well, unconscious.
Jas looks up, their target ship in view, and quickly looks over the best route on board. She follows it, navigating through the ally ways and towards the docks.
((A pirate captain with ninja smoke bombs... xD))
OoC// Sorry, been busy. I'm sort of reinventing my character in this post, so forget everything.
IC//
"No... This can't be happening.. I came here to get away from pain and violence, why does it follow me wherever I go? I didn't want to ever have to take arms or watch a man fall before me again..."
"Do what you have to do, kid. Do it for them." The voice of Roy's one mentor came to him.
The ironic thing is, playing guitar was nothing but a cover back then as well.
"... I need a knife, or a dagger..."
Roy just watched everybody leave, he was in shock and didn't move an inch. "You can do this, it's what you've been doing you're whole life."
Roy suddenly got up, calmy walked to Solon's abandoned kitchen and grabbed a kitchen knife. It's crude, but it's sharp, and will hurt when stabbed in the gut.
Just before walking out, Roy took a glance at a mirror. He lifted his hair and looked at the scar that he so carefully hid from view. I will do it for them. Roy walked out into the night. The air was tense with the screaming and gunshots of the pirates pillaging the town. He walked with a confident stride, while not knowing where he was going at the same time. He never heard a single word of Solon's plan, he just kept walking.
Riou ran over to the unconscious man. Lifting him he said to himself, "The one with everyone onboard."
((Bert and Ernie? XD))
Harver followed Jas, constantly looking behind them to make sure that they weren't being followed.
((I'm guessing there's an Elmo on that ship, too?"))
Jason followed, seeing as there was nothing better to do.
(( I wanted to name one of them Ernie, and Bert was the next name that popped into my mind, so I used it XD Don't judge me. ...Not just Elmo, there's Big Bird and the Cookie Monster, too! Oh god, I wouldn't be surprised if some of those names pop up now... The idea's in my head now... ))
Solon stayed unconscious, the bullet still lodged in his shoulder.
((Is there a hidden Sesame Street in the town? >.>))
Jas slips onto the pirate ship and around a corner, signaling the rest to stop while she checks to see if it's safe to proceed. They seem in the clear for a bit, until rushed footsteps followed by a deep grumbling approach them. Something about "Intruders, on board," is mentioned. Without a second thought, Jas snaps her fingers, and lets her flames engulf the incoming pirate, leaving nothing behind but gray ash. Then the party is on the move again, now descending into the cellar.
Riou carried Solon to the docks. He saw only one large ship ((The pirate ship)) and climbed aboard. He then set solon down and pried the bullet from shoulder, spraying disinfectant, and then covered the wound with gauze.
((Screw Sesame Street; where's my Avenue Q?))
Harver continued to follow Jas and the rest of the group, making sure no one was left behind. ...Must she act so hastily?
Mira followed Jas and Harver with caution.
Solon groaned softly and his eyes twitched. The prying and spraying had hurt and it was almost enough to wake him up. Finally his eyes slowly opened. He blinked a few times, getting used to this foreign new setting he had came upon. "Ow," he muttered when he had moved his arms to lift himself up. He had noticed Riou, but did not address him at the moment, still too preoccupied trying to find his own issues out. He was able to make himself stand without using his arms. He looked at the wound, which seemed to have been cleaned and bandaged. It probably would be good if he got it sutured, too, but he didn't worry about that now. Surprised, he looked back over at the only other person on the boat with him.
"What happened?" he asked. "Was this you?" He was referring to his cleaned wound and the fact that he was now on a ship: the very ship he was supposed to be on, which seemed to just dawn on his head as he took a moment to look around at it. "Hey, this is the pirate ship! Wow, how did you know?" he questioned, turning back to face the man who seemed to have helped him.
"Yes, I cleaned your wound. It seemed like the only ship large enough to hold a group." Riou said, "All the others are one-man ships."
((..."One-man ship"? Never heard of one. xD))
((Dingies. For example.))
Jas holds a small flame in her hand to use as a light source. The ninja steps lightly, trying not to make any loose floorboards creek. She makes her way to the far corner of the cellar, then whispers, "We can stop here and wait," and crouches down.
((There are also single kayaks.))
"Why can't we just take off?" Jason commented. "Or maybe we need to wait until they come back aboard to hijack it?"
"Thanks," Solon said, nodding his head in respect. "Everyone else must be on this ship..." He walked around slowly, lost in thought for a moment. Then he turned back around. "By the way, what's your name? I'm Solon." He reached out a hand to shake Riou's.
"We wait for the blondie," Jas' eyes glow eerily in the small flame. "That, and none of us know how to steer a ship..." Her mind flashes back to the time said blond tried to do so. It wasn't pretty. "We hide, let the pirates maneuver it, and sneak back off."
"Riou." he answered, taking Solon's hand and shaking it firmly.
"Don't we want control over the ship as soon as possible?" Mira asked. "The whole point of taking their ship is to use it to get to Monte Island, am I right?"
"Yes, you are right," Jas nods. "But then what would be the point of controlling the ship if none of us know how to control it? So that's why we're-" She stops, ears picking up voices from above them. "... Wait a minute. Wait here," the demon ninja takes off towards the deck.
Solon shook his hand, then looked back out to sea. "We need to get to Monte Island as soon as possible," Solon said. "My friends should be on this ship somewhere and-" Solon stopped, his eyes focusing on something floating not too far from the ship out at sea. "Is that..." Solon quickly peeled off his jacket and shirt, threw off his shoes and took off his jeans. He stripped down to his black boxers, jumped onto the pirate rail, which was a lot more slippery then he thought. Instead of executing a perfect dive into the water, he slid right off the rail and did a belly flop into the cold water below. "Ow..."
He shook off the pain and began swimming toward the floating body. Blood trickled softly out of the gun wounds on Orlando. Solon grabbed him and began paddling back to shore. Once he got to the harbor, he dragged Orlando out of the water. The first thing Solon did was check his heartbeat, it was hard to find because it was so faint, but it was there. "Crap," Solon muttered. "It's never smart to put so much weight on a wound, but when have I ever followed what's smart?" Solon took the body and pulled him over his shoulders, carrying back to the boat.
"You're good with gun wounds, Riou," Solon commented. "Sorry to ask so much of you after you helped me, but it looks like this guy has a wound on his right shoulder, as well as his his chest... I think it just missed his heart." Solon thought for another moment, a clear memory of his fall after getting rid of Zanari's spirit, and who had helped regain his strength. "Mira..." Solon whispered. Then out loud again he said, "Mira can heal wounds. If you could just keep him alive, I'll go find him. He's gotta be on this boat somewhere."
Solon didn't know why he was trusting this stranger who had helped him, or why the stranger had helped him or knew to come on this boat, or even if the rest of the gang had made it on the boat safely. But he did know that it was better to trust for now, it was a lot faster. Another memory came to Solon, when he had first started his first adventure, and Jas had hurt her foot. They had found refuge in the cellar of a boat, stowaways until they had finally gotten a ship of their own. So, Solon had decided that would be the first place he would look. His shoulder felt sore now, the adrenaline he had used to help him through that small ordeal was now ebbing away.
But then, he heard a noise that sounded like someone approaching the deck. He whirled around and called out, "Who's there?"
Mira was about to say something, but Jas walked off before he could say it. Ach, fine, we'll just have to wait until Jas comes back to me to prove her wrong. Mira thought to himself, remembering the month after the Dead Men... And he remembered that he never took control of the pirate ship. D'oh! Oh well, it shouldn't be too hard to figure out.
((Wait, I've been gone. What happened?))
((I ditched you.))
Riou nodded his head, and removed the bullets carefully. The one in his chest HAD barely miseed his heart. He cleaned and disenfected the wounds, and bandaged them as well. He then remained there, his hand on the right side of Orlando's neck, feeling for any variation in his pulse. The first-aid had reduced the blood flow from the wounds, slightly strengthening the pulse, but the outlook was still grim. If this "Mira" didn't get here soon, this man might not make it, thought Riou.
(( XD yeah, pretty much... Mostly everyone is on the pirate ship now, including the guy who ditched you. ))
Jas presses her back against a wall, and pushes the cellar door open, peering around the corner. "Hey, Solon. 'Bout time you got here," then she realizes that there are two other people, one of which is down. "Hurry up and get out of the open. Mira's down here too, ya know to help heal."
Riou did as was instructed, very carefully moving the unconscious man, Orlando, down into the holds.
Lanbar ducked down to avoid the punch but was hit on the forehead. He looked to his left and saw the bottle he left in the bushes and made a dive for it. "Ah, now we get serious!" He drank about 1/4 more of the drink and put it back down. He thn stumbled over to Parry and threw a punch that went clear over his head but Lanbar followed it up with an elbow to the gut with his other arm.
Harver followed Jas, just to make sure there wasn't danger. He smiled when he saw Solon, but winced when he noticed the bandages. "I see you got in a fight?"
Mira noticed Riou coming down with the unconscious man, Orlando. "What's his problem?" Mira asked, referring to Orlando.
"Gunshot wounds. One in his right shoulder, one in his chest. The one in his chest narrowly missed his heart, but didn't appear to hit anything vital. His pulse is almost nonexistant." Riou replied, carefully setting Orlando atop a pair of storage crates.
"Did you bother to remove the bullets?" Mira asked.
"Yes, of course." Riou replied, "I also cleaned and disinfected the wounds."
Shu was bewildered. "What just happened?"
First he was talking to a man, then another person popped up, and then... stuff. What DID happen?
"That was completely random." Shu stood there in the ally, knowing not what to do next.
((At least tell me if the cannon is still here.))
Mira verified Orlando's pulse, then proceeded to pinch the wounds shut, using energy to bind it shut and speed up the healing process.
(( Actually yes, the cannon is still there. ))
Parry got knocked back. As he stumbled, he noticed the captain had disappeared. "Captain?" Parry yelled, suddenly sobering up. "RETREAT!" Parry suddenly screamed. He saw a small bit of powder where the captain had last been standing, and Shu was the only person near it. "That kid got at the captain!" Some more pirates ran by, noticing Shu, the cannon, and the bit of powder showing the captain had retreated. "C'MON BOYS!" Parry continued yelling. "AFTER THAT LIL' RAT!" Soon, the pirates had encircled the cannon and Shu.
---
"It's nothing much," Solon shrugged. "Might need to be sewn up, but we can save that for a later date." He paused for a second before deciding to relay the little bit of information he found out to Harver. "You know that guy we pulled out of the water? I think he's a pirate. Probably an ex-pirate, since we found him wounded in the water near the boat. We should be careful around him. But maybe if we play our cards right, he could join our side, and drive this boat!" And then Solon remembered the guy who had helped him. "And then there's the guy who saved me. Riou. I don't know if he'll be staying with us or not... Might as well, to get away from these no-good pirates. But we're going to have to clear the air eventually."
---
Without warning, Orlando's eyes suddenly shot open. "Guh," was all he could get out, followed by a coughing fit. Some water came out of his mouth, and then he appeared weak, but healed. He looked around, and immediately recognized he was on the ship. "What, did you scumbags realize you need me after all?" he asked, standing up. But when he noticed Mira and Riou he said, "Oh. Who the hell are you?"
"We, along with Solon, are the people who saved your life, ya bloody twit. Yes, I do believe I'll be taking you up on that offer." Riou said.
"Hm," was all Orlando said. He noticed his wounds seemed to be closed up. "You have a healer," he finally pointed out, rather bluntly. Then, he sighed and said, "So I've been kicked out for good, is that it?" His voice sounded disappointed, but a smile appeared on his face. "Good. Well then, thank you for the help. I'll be getting off this bloody ship now and taking back what's rightfully mine."
"Your pride?" Mira asked quickly. "But seriously, since they kicked you out of the crew, you don't care what happens to this ship, do you?"
"Or," Jas speaks up, arms folded once again. "He could repay us by steering this ship outta here. Makes sense."
Solon followed the others into the cellar below. "So this is the guy I saved?" Solon asked, looking him up and down.
"It's Wolfe," Orlando said, giving them his pirate nickname. He looked at them all keenly. "Hm, what is this? Some sort of pirate trade-off? The boat for some of your land in Sans Port?"
"No," Solon replied. "We're stealing this boat. We're on an important mission. The pirates are our enemies, too. If you join up with us, maybe you can get your revenge."
Wolfe looked around the cellar, his eyes settling on Mira. "The 'Healer'. What a useful skill." But he said nothing more that seemed to move their topic of discussion forward.
Roy turned a corner and found a group of pirates surrounding a boy standind next to a cannon.
Well, you've done dumber things in your life... "Hey! Are you the bloody good-for-nothing pirates the cause of this nonsense?"
Run, kid.
Jas smirks in response to Orlando's reply. "Don't avoid the subject," she looks up towards the deck. "There ain't no time for bullpoop... We can always throw your ass back out." Maybe she was being a bit irrational, but it's not her fault. They don't know how much time they have before the pirates return, so why waste the unknown time they do have?
"Someone should go check out for the pirates." Mira said, keeping his eye on Orlando.
"No need," Orlando replied, shrugging. "I know how to run this bloody ship." Without another word he walked out of the cellar and straight to the "cockpit", as he called it. Orlando stood there, smiling slightly. He touched the wooden wheel, ready to begin its journey. 'Look who's captain now,' Orlando thought, thinking of the captain, the captain who tried to murder him but could not. "I'm invincible, you sorry son of a ninny," Orlando whispered. "I'm invincible, and I'm coming for you."
---
Solon watched Orlando go. "Wolfe..." he said out loud, remembering the name. Then he realized the pirate didn't know where they were headed. "I'll deal with the new guy. You guys should search this place, I bet it's filled to the brim with rum and weapons!"
---
The pirates all looked towards Roy. There were eight of them, so four quickly ran toward him, pulling out their guns and knives. "Har, har, har," they all laughed. "Yer in for it now."
"STOP!" came a yell from a few feet away. "You bloody idiots! Stop slacking off!" It was the captain. When the pirates realized this, they all ran toward him in obedience and fear. "Our ship is bein' stolen you bloody idiots!" The captain looked towards Roy and Shu. "You can keep the cannon," he said. "We have plenty more where that came from. And be this yer lucky day! Har, har! Survivin' the cap'an's mighty wrath!" And with that, the captain led all the pirates forward, running toward the boat.
Yay! Mira took this time to search the room for weapons that might be of interest to him... As well as equipment that he might find useful.
Roy runs toward Shu as soon as he saw the opening.
"Hey, kid! Is that cannon ready to go, get them while their backs are turned!" Roy yelled, hopefully out of the pirate's earshot.
Wha a rush, it's almost like a high, one that you've been missing for years.
There was a rack with a couple dozen different few swords and guns. Other then that, there were hundreds of boxes filled with rum.
Mira went to try unsheathing each sword, testing its weight at the same time. When he found the one that he liked, he looked through the guns and picked up on that appeared to have been used the least - hopefully with little to no bullets used.
"Hahahaa!" Jas starts rummaging through the weapons, searching for just the ones that fit her style. "Jackpot!" She pulls out a pair of short katanas, and twirls them around a bit. Not as good as her Bloody Fang and Crystal Tear, but she could deal with it. After a few more minutes of searching, she finds their respective sheaths, and puts them on her belt.
Riou grabbed three things. Number one, a daikatana. This heavy blade is the curved blade sword equivalent to a claymore. He found a pair of gloves and boots with collapsable, yet sturdy, metal spikes. Brutal and efficient. Lastly he grabbed, much to everyone's surprise, a compound bow, fitted with a scope, and a quiver of arrows. He never was a good shot with a normal gun.
((Hope the last two are okay. Who says ninjas have to be fast? Look at Ryu Hayabusa with tjat Eclipse Scythe, for instance.))
"Hello, Wolfe," Solon greeted the pirate. He was sitting on the rail near the giant wheel. "Do you know where we're heading?"
"No," Orlando replied curtly, not looking at him.
"...Well, Monte Island..." Solon muttered, slightly discouraged. "You can get us there, right?"
Orlando looked up at Solon. "I can bring this ship anywhere you fancy well like."
Solon didn't respond for a long while. He was staring out at land Eventually, he said, "Good. I'd start getting this thing moving... fast." Orlando followed his eyes and saw the same scene unfold below. The pirates were lining up, getting ready to charge at the ship, while Shu and Roy were slightly behind, getting the cannon ready to fire.
"Hm. Okay then, I'll see what I can do," Wolfe replied, nonchalantly.
"Yeah... Yeah you work on that..." Solon didn't bother with him anymore. His first order of business was warning the others. Quickly he got back down into the cellar and found the others getting weapons. "Guys, guys!" he shouted, slightly out of breath from the fall down the cellar door he just had, forgetting there was a ladder. "The pirates are coming. Get your weapons fast, because I don't know how much time we have." Solon himself grabbed some more bullets and reloaded the pistol he stole, as well as taking the first sword he touched, the one with a golden handle that fit his hand perfectly and had seemed to call to him to take it.
"I don't know about that Wolfe guy..." Solon muttered. "But come on, let's go."
Mira grabbed a handful of extra bullets, put them in his pocket, then followed Solon.
Riou hooked the bow into it's quiver, and held the daikatana in his hand. Guns were pretty useless when you are close enough to your enemy that you could jump on their head.
Harver looked through the weapons, eventually settling on a standard, two handed katana with a black hilt. He tested it briefly by swinging it twice, then nodded, put it in its sheath, and strapped it around his belt. He also grabbed a small pistol. I don't like guns, he thought, walking up from the cellar. "Where are they coming from?" He asked Solon.
Solon put the pistol back in its holster and the sword in its sheath on his back. He made it back on deck and looked up at Wolfe, who seemed to just be standing there, staring out at the land. Solon sighed, "What the hell is that guy waiting for?" He looked back out and saw the pirates advancing on Roy and Shu, between the harbor and the town square. "It looks like their not coming at all, anymore. Those two guys are making a good distraction," Solon replied to Harver.
The captain, on the other hand, was staring directly back at the boat, seemingly toward Wolfe. The two kept their stare going for quite a while, eventually Wolfe finally took his eyes away and shouted, "Well? What're you guys waitin' for? Pull up the bloody anchor and we can get this piece of poop movin'!"
Mira looked around for the anchor until he saw its chains, then when over to pull it up.
"So, we're just going to leave them to fare on their own?" Harver asked, disappointed. "That's it?"
Riou quickly swung his katana into his left facing back sheath, and began to pull furiously at the anchor winch. "Damn! This thing is really heavy! I could use some help here!"
Solon nodded slowly, but then stopped himself. "You're right," he sighed, then smiled slightly. He began running and then leaped right off the ship. "Time to show these pirates that when you mess with the bull, you get the horns!" he yelled out, before landing onto the harbor below. 'I know running away from the problems, taking the easy way out, is faster... But Harver's right. Never let a man down. Can't change now just because of a man who can write some letters...' Solon thought.
Jas ((The sane Jas, not the psycho one)) watches Solon jump back down onto the harbor. "... He could've just let me torch their asses to death," she mumbles, snapping her fingers. Lightning bolts slam down on the crowd of pirates, literally frying some. "Hehe, the Goddess Jasmine smites thee." She lets fire rain down on them for a bit before running off to help pull the anchor in.
"Jesus, Jas!" Solon cried out, avoiding a lightning bolt. "Warn me before you do that!" The captain was all that was left, having avoided the shots.
"We do not fight now," the captain told Solon. "I suggest you leave, or you will lose." Solon blinked, staring past him to Shu and Roy. He recognized Roy immediately as their guitarist.
"Hey, wait, we can't have our band without our lead guitarist, though!" Solon shouted back.
The captain shook his head and took a step forward. "Leave them be. Take another step and you will die. The ship will leave without you."
Solon was conflicted. Should he leave these two to fend for themselves or continue the journey he had started and wanted to finish and finally finish conquering the Dead Men once and for all... Solon closed his eyes and turned back around, leaping back onto the boat and pulling himself up just before it began to sail away. He sat there for a moment, feeling incredibly guilty for what he just did.
"All aboard!" Wolfe shouted. "And off we go, Monte Island, here we come!"
Mira started to count the amount of pirates there were, then began to quickly count the amount of bullets on his person. He tried to do that before the ship went too far.
"Can't save 'em all ya know," Jas sighs, then heads towards the other end of the ship. She looks over the railing at the waters below just as she had done three years ago. 'Here we go again,' the ninja starts tapping her claws against the wood of the ship, adrenaline building twice as fast now that the group was back on the water.
Harver sighed, looking over at Solon as he leaped on to the ship. "You did what you could," he said, his gaze wandering over to the lone captain, standing on the docks. "We shall get them back. They will be safe."
(("The Goddess Jasmine smites thee"?))
While everyone else was doing what ever it was they were doing, Venuce busied himself by arming himself with a nice sword and a gun. He then proceeded to search the ship for rum. After all, they were on a pirate ship, and what kind of self-respecting pirate would sail with no rum available?
"Wait... wha?" shu said bewildered, again, as he noticed a bunch of pirates were trying to kill him.
"WAIT, WHAT DID I DO?"
((Don't make me sic the psycho on you, TL. >.>))
The ninja occupies herself with the water below, casting small spells on the liquid to make it spiral. 'They seem smarter than the last group of idiots we beat down. At least... I don't think any of these new bad guys were trained by MJ. Oh well, I like a challenge.'
Approaching Jas, Riou inquires, "It's Jas, right? How did you do that magic? I've had ninja training, but sensei never mentioned anything about magic."
"It..." Jas lets the water spiral recede into the sea. "I taught myself from a book that was supposed to be locked away. It's a long story," she looks at the claws that replaced her human finger nails, and grins, letting a fang slip over her lip.
Quote from: Penmoet on June 02, 2009, 08:06:07 AM
"Wait... wha?" shu said bewildered, again, as he noticed a bunch of pirates were trying to kill him.
"WAIT, WHAT DID I DO?"
"Relax," growled the captain, the only pirate left. "You have done nothing. But you will
try to do something." He began pacing around Shu and Roy. "I know, Shu, that you have been eying those elemental gems. They are quite beautiful, aren't they? Any man would want them, including me. Let me tell you, Shu, I can help you get them. I can make you the richest man in the world. But, I'm going to need your help in order to succeed."
The captain glanced at Roy for a moment as well. "I did not plan on capturing you. It's true, I did not foresee this... But, I also couldn't have imagined that that girl would of had those magical powers enabling her to zap my men... But, with every surprise turn, comes a brighter path. And in this path, Roy, I see you in it. You, too, can help me. And in return I may be able to give you the most invaluable gift of all."
---
Solon nodded slowly, still staring out into the miles and miles of the unknown. Orlando had began turning their boat, and they were now sailing for Monte Island.
"We don't have anything other than time. Humor me." Riou replied.
"Well, go look through the first DMDTS. I don't feel like humoring you."
"Meh, fine, I'll tell ya a bedtime story," Jas turns to face Riou, and leans against the railing. "Three years ago, when we were on our first mission," she nods towards Solon, Harver, Mira, and Venice. "One person from our group joined the enemy, or at least that's what we thought, but that's not the point. I was beyond mad when that happened, and needed something to take my mind off it." The woman takes a breath.
"So I went looking for more information that would help the rest of the team, but I found this book and started lookin' at it, trying to learn the contents. Turns out that the book kept a destructive demon locked inside, and once I opened it, she started to take over me. If I didn't learn all the magic inside within a given time, she'd completely take over and go on a rampage. As you can see," Jas holds a clawed hand up, magenta nail polish shining. "It was almost too late. Some of the effects are permanent."
((Ever hear of character development? I DID look through it. XP))
"That's quite a story. Do you regret doing what you did?" He asked.
((I was kidding. ._.))
"No... I don't regret it," Jas smiles. "What happens, happens. Plus, I can use the black magic in combat. It helped then, and it'll help now."
Riou smiled too. "If you ever wanna spar, I'll be around." He said, and with one last look at Jas, he walked over to an empty part of the deck and appraised his new weapons.
LAnbar was a bit taken back at the sudden retreat of Parry and the pirates, he simply just stood there in a drunk daze but eventually snapped back to his...drunk senses. "...Hey! Where'd you think -hic- yer goinsss." He spotted the captain and lazily walked over to him tapping him on the shoulder. "Hey...Are you the -hic- guy leading thesssse -hic- piratesss?"
Harver smiled, walking over towards Jas. "He seems trustworthy," he said, watching Riou walk away. "And it appears that everyone on this ship now has to work together."
"Uh... sure. Yeah... totally. Can I use that cannon?" Shu asked with an incredibly grin on his face. He obviously wanted to use it to blow stuff up, as he found that somewhat fun.
((Summer break FTW!))
Jas looks over her shoulder at Harver. "I don't mind that," she takes a couple of steps towards Harver. "It'd be like before, give or take a few people.
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on June 02, 2009, 08:57:55 PM
LAnbar was a bit taken back at the sudden retreat of Parry and the pirates, he simply just stood there in a drunk daze but eventually snapped back to his...drunk senses. "...Hey! Where'd you think -hic- yer goinsss." He spotted the captain and lazily walked over to him tapping him on the shoulder. "Hey...Are you the -hic- guy leading thesssse -hic- piratesss?"
"The pirates are dead," the captain responded. "I am just a man leading myself, as it would seem." He turned over to Shu, looking from him to the cannon. "You will blow things up, but quickly get arrested and thrown into a jail. They will think you are one of the pirates, and may never let you out. If that is the fate you wish to choose, then yes you may use my cannon."
Lanbar was annoyed that the captain was ignoring him and impatiently turned him around. "Well...not too long -hic- ago...You...You...made one of them attack -hic- me! And I don't appreciate -hic- that!"
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on June 03, 2009, 04:12:43 PM
Lanbar was annoyed that the captain was ignoring him and impatiently turned him around. "Well...not too long -hic- ago...You...You...made one of them attack -hic- me! And I don't appreciate -hic- that!"
"I made no one do any such thing," said the captain. "Perhaps you have gotten the wrong man? Or maybe, and this one seems a little more likely, this person that attacked you did it out of their own free will."
"Oh ssssshut your -hic- mouth! You know what you did!" With that, he leaned back and gave a straight kick to the captain's gut and fell on his own back due to lack of balance. ((That is, Lanbar fell back, not the captain. ;)))
Because of Lanbar's drunken state, the kick was easy to dodge. "You would make a good distraction," the captain commented, a new plan forming in his mind.
"How'ssss this for a -hic- distraction" He said as he rolled over on his stomach, pushed his hands off the ground and kicked with both legs at the captain.
The captain did a flip backwards, dodging the hit and now a good five feet away from Lanbar. "How about we make a deal," the captain said. "I'll make sure no pirates bother you again, and you can have all the rum you want, if you help me out."
"Help...with what?" Lanbar said as he slowly got back up and stood, still swaying slightly.
(( By the way, what happened to Tanbar XD ? ))
"The greatest heist in the history of Segasan," the captain replied earnestly.
((He'll appear at Monte Island ;)))
"You don't mean..." Lanbar said, "Taking all the rum from the islands!?" He said slapping his hands against his temples which he quickly regretted as it really hurt.
Shu enjoyed thier quarreling.
"God, I wish I had popcorn"
"So... why are you after these jems, cap? Is i for the money, or is it for the powers, blah blah blah?"
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on June 03, 2009, 07:18:11 PM
((He'll appear at Monte Island ;)))
"You don't mean..." Lanbar said, "Taking all the rum from the islands!?" He said slapping his hands against his temples which he quickly regretted as it really hurt.
"I don't even need to do that!" the captain proclaimed with a laugh. "I
own the rum industry around here. You can have all the free rum you'd like... If you join me."
"My reasons will remain confidential," the captain replied to Shu. "I do promise your reward will be worth more than those gems I ask for you to steal."
Roy looked at the departing ship for a long time.
I knew it was too good to be true... Roy looked at the crewless captain. What makes him so powerful?
"You have yet to convince me why I shouldn't just leave now. Money doesn't interest me."
Quote from: Xeph on June 04, 2009, 02:25:36 PM
Roy looked at the departing ship for a long time.
I knew it was too good to be true... Roy looked at the crewless captain. What makes him so powerful?
"You have yet to convince me why I shouldn't just leave now. Money doesn't interest me."
"You can leave now," the captain said, shrugging. "I thought the magnitude of the excitement you will endure would entice you enough. But if this adventure seems too stale for your liking, please walk away now. I will not have anyone be quitting later on."
---
Solon finally stood up, deciding he'd have to save the others another time. He promised himself he'd get them back. He owed them, after he turned his back like that. "So Wolfe, where do you find the food in this place?" he asked the captain.
"Your hungry?" Orlando grunted. "Well then, you are a thief aren't you?" Orlando's eyes fell upon Solon's mask over his electric blue eyes.
"Ha," Solon laughed coldly. "Right, I'll go steal from someone else who doesn't have food."
"Sounds better then bothering me."
Solon rolled his eyes and walked away, his stomach starting to rumble. "I'll just grab some rum..."
"Hmmm," Jas was looking out at the water again. They still had the issue of coming up with a song with one of their band members missing. 'So much for going big though...' Once again, more song ideas plow through her head. Maybe she was getting too into this. After all, they have the pirates to worry about.
Jason sighed. He found a good spot to sit on the deck and did just that. 'Well,' he thought,'I DID want adventure.'
"Hey," Harver said, realizing something. He held up the keyboard he had slung over his back before they left. "Did everyone remember to bring their instruments?"
OoC// You cna't really carry a drum set around with you, can you JNFS? :P I had been thinking about that ever since the pirates attacked.
IC//
Believe me, old man, I've had enough excitement in my life already. Roy thought, but decided not to say outloud.
"I just see no reason why I should trust the man who's at fault for this mess! You know what, forget it, I'm outta here."
Roy turned and left. So you're back to square one, except you don't even have your guitar. So it's more like, square negative one. What are you going to do now? I doubt this place is going to be a vacation resort for a little while, maybe they'll let me leave...
"I've got mine here," Jas points at her throat, then pulls her cordless mic out of her back pocket. "But then I guess I should have this with me too."
"D'oh!" Mira exclaimed.
Quote from: Xeph on June 07, 2009, 02:02:39 PM
OoC// You cna't really carry a drum set around with you, can you JNFS? :P I had been thinking about that ever since the pirates attacked.
IC//
Believe me, old man, I've had enough excitement in my life already. Roy thought, but decided not to say outloud.
"I just see no reason why I should trust the man who's at fault for this mess! You know what, forget it, I'm outta here."
Roy turned and left. So you're back to square one, except you don't even have your guitar. So it's more like, square negative one. What are you going to do now? I doubt this place is going to be a vacation resort for a little while, maybe they'll let me leave...
"You like music, don't you Roy?" the captain asked nonchalantly.
---
Solon came back up with a bottle of rum. "Instrument?" he asked, realizing he forgot his own. "These gloves were made for stealing, so that's just what they'll do... One of these days these gloves are gonna steal me a new bass guitar." Solon hummed the parody lyrics to a song he barely knew.
Jason chuckled at the question. "I don't think I do."
Roy hesitated, and glanced back over his shoulder.
"Solon," Jas turns around. "That song is bad enough as it is... Is twisting it around really necessary? ... And maybe you should just let me do the singing." She laughs and goes back to leaning against the railing.
Jason chuckled again. "Seriously," he muttered, wondering what will happen to his drum set.
Quote from: Xeph on June 07, 2009, 08:17:02 PM
Roy hesitated, and glanced back over his shoulder.
The captain smiled at Roy's reaction. "You can have your music back. The greatest guitar of all... A small token of appreciation, from me to you," the captain told him. "If you help me, that is."
---
Solon paused for a moment, contemplating something else. "The... finger of the glove keeps the... police from taking flight! It's material keeping the prints from showing up!" He sang it in tune to 'Eye of the Tiger', but gave up after those few words, realizing he was defeated. "Yeah, I'll just leave you to singing."
He took another gulp of his rum and looked at Jason. "You can come with me. We'll steal you a new drum set as soon as we hit the island."
"Steal?" Jason asked. ".....whatever." He slowly got up and walked into one of the ship's corridors.
"If you need synth and editing, I have a very powerful Laptop." Riou said to Solon.
"A giutar? What do I get?" Shu asked selfishly.
((How do you have a laptop!?))
Amidst the rum and dust, Jason found a revolver, slightly worn, but still pretty mint. Next to it, he found several dozen rounds of ammo.
"Nice," Jason said. "Wonder what else is here."
A bit farther down, Jason found two rusted katanas next to a.....gunblade!? Jason laughed at the irony, for he had used a training gunblade back home when he used to pretend he was fighting pirates. He chuckled, then put the gunblade, along with a sheath, onto his belt.
((One of the two Items he brought with him. He brought that and an encyclopedia.))
((Uh, I'm not exactly sure if technology like that is available at this time in the RP... And a gunblade?!))
((Ronald used a laptop to make the ID cards)).
((Oh, carry on, then.))
Harver sighed, looking over the ship as the waves gently pushed into their vessel. And so we go...
Jas apparently can't stay still without causing some sort of trouble. She lets the ocean water swirl into a mini twister for a bit, but eventually gets bored of that... so she makes it jump upwards, taking aim at Harver.
"Wha-" was all Harver managed to get out as the water he was staring at flew up at him and splashed all over his face. He turned over to Jas, his face soaking wet, with an expression completely absent of amusement directed at her.
"Brunettes just wanna have fun...?" Jas looks up at Harver smiling innocently. "Oh come on, you looked kinda down to me," she approaches him and wipes some of the water off his face. "I'm sorry..."
((Oh, and be grateful that this Jasi isn't the psycho one. >.>'))
Mira laughed at what just happened.
"Heh, it's fine," Harver said, chuckling a bit. "Quite inventive, actually. I can see we are both extremely bored, then."
"Very bored," The ninja nods and then comes to realize something. "And speaking of bored, you owe me my shower time," she puts her hands on her hips, smirking playfully. "Hehehe, remember?"
"Vaguely," Harver replied with a smirk on his face. "Though, I am unsure if there are any showers on this vessel. Shall we check?"
"Hmmh, it couldn't hurt to check," Jas begins to walk towards the other areas of the ship. "We need to be familiar with the layout anyways, if our group's gonna continue to use it. 'Sides, if there aren't any showers here, I'm sure that there are plenty of hotels with them at Monte Island."
I bet this man has couldn't find his way from a G to an F major, not to mention what the "greatest guitar ever" is. But, any guitar is better than no guitar. I don't have very much money left... Fine. I'll play along for a bit, see where this goes.
" I don't trust you, at all. And neither should you." Roy said, looking at Shu, "But, I've nothing else..." Roy turned back around to face the pirate. "Alright, you have me. What do you need me for?"
Lanbar stood there and thought this over. "Hm...Sssso I could -hic- have all the rum I want?"
((I really like gunblades.))
Jason walked out of the corridor with his newly acquired weapons and back on deck, where he resumed his lounging.
Quote from: Penmoet on June 09, 2009, 07:41:41 PM
"A giutar? What do I get?" Shu asked selfishly.
"I told you," the captain replied. "Enough riches to pay for the most expensive girls of the lands." He looked back over at Roy and nodded. "I understand why you would think you have no reason to trust me. But the only thing I ask of you now is that if you stay with me, do not back down." The captain did not explain anything else in further detail. He knew the time would come when both stories would have to be told. But right now they would not believe him, and he knew that.
"Please tell me now. Make your choice carefully for I will not attempt any more to try to retrieve you if you do choose to leave my premises. So, will you stay, or will you go?"
----------
"Don't expect to find a shower!" Orlando shouted after Jas and Harver, chuckling at a pirate inside joke. "But there are cabins. Get your business done there." He checked his watch and then glanced out to see. "Should be another three day's time. I'd choose a cabin before the good one's are taken and get some shut eye."
Solon was still watching the spot where Jas had made the water spiral, thinking for a moment.
Or," he said, following Jas before they left. "You could create a sort of 'Whirl Channel' with your powers. It'd take us an hour, tops! If you're strong enough. Like you said, I bet there's plenty of showers in Monte Island."
Jason nodded at Orlando's proposal. "Will there be enough for all of us to have a seperate room?"
Lanbar walked over to the Captain and patted him on the shoulder. "You know...I like you, you're my -hic- kind of guy." He said with a smile. "Ssssure, I'll go along with -hic- ya!"
"Yeah, I'll join." Shu said, a tiny bit dissapointed the Perry didn't offer him a spiked School Bus with a cannon on the front.
"Why wouldn't you guys have showers?" Jas looks back. "Did you guys end up droppin' the soap one too many times?" She starts to walk away, laughing, when Solon presented his idea. "That... That just might work, not sure though..." With that, Jas starts walking back towards the railing. "Hmm..." The water under the boat starts to accelerate, but it doesn't seem to be moving them yet.
"Solon, you never answered my question." Riou said to the captain.
"I'm not making any promises, but I'm coming with you." Possibly to stop him from, well pirate-y stuff.
((Hey, I just wanna let everyone know that I won't be here next week for I will be on vacation. ;)))
Quote from: Kierou on June 10, 2009, 04:54:36 PM
"Solon, you never answered my question." Riou said to the captain.
Solon, who's mind had been spinning with the possibilities of a man-created whirl channel, had forgotten to answer Riou's question. He stood there for a moment, blinking. He had forgotten Riou only just now joined their team, and didn't have an instrument. "Oh yeah," he said, everything that had happened rushing to his brain now. "If you can do that, that'd be great!"
---
"Then it is settled," the captain said, nodding. "We'll stay at that Solon's place. Show me the way, please." The captain was looking at Roy and Lanbar now, awaiting their directions.
Shu was a little mind-boggled at the moment. Everything was happening so fast, he couldn't even comprehend it. But whatever, he got help now. Now he can get those Gems he had been working all this week to get.
"Who's Solon?"
((Doesn't he mean "Woman-created Whirl Channel?" Jas is doing all the work.))
"Okay, I think I got this. Just leave me alone until I'm done." The strength of the whirling waters below increases, and the ship noticeably starts to move faster. Jas has gotten off to a good start pushing them forward, but she can feel her mana slowly drain away from her. At this point, she's fallen into deep concentration, and disturbing her would be dangerous, for she has never tried this before. If the ninja's focus is thrown off, she could lose control of the sea and throw the ship underwater.
Quote from: Penmoet on June 12, 2009, 06:35:58 PM
Shu was a little mind-boggled at the moment. Everything was happening so fast, he couldn't even comprehend it. But whatever, he got help now. Now he can get those Gems he had been working all this week to get.
"Who's Solon?"
"No one of consequence," the captain replied, fixing his hat. "Not yet, that is."
---
(( Well 'Man' as in 'Human'... Or, he's sexist? Which do you prefer? XD ))
Solon stepped away from her awkwardly, afraid to make any noise. He motioned for the others to move away as well. Solon headed into the door that led to the hallway of cabins, deciding to claim a room to stay in and look around before they made it to land. Solon remembered Jason's questions, and had been wondering it himself. He counted, and saw that there were four doors on either sides.
"Eight rooms," he whispered, far enough away from Jas to feel safe enough to talk.
'How many of us are there?' he wondered silently to himself.
((Well, it's better to go with the first option... Unless you want Solon dead. xP))
Jas keeps the boat going at a fast but steady speed. Her focused meditation slows the rate at which her mana is drained, but doesn't stop it completely. Hopefully, they'd get there within the next hour or so, or the vessel would be back at its original pace.
Harver walked up behind Solon, hearing him whisper. "Hm," Harver said, taking this into account. He began counting with his hands. "Well, there's us, Jas, Mira, the three new guys, the so-called ex-pirate..." He stopped, looked down at his hands, and realized he had counted eight exactly. "...Am I missing anybody?"
((Lanbar's with the evil pirate.))
"The drunken one," Jas says in a voice that doesn't seem to be her own. Her demon side emerges. "He's fallen for temptation, dancing with the enemy now," she grows quiet, and probably won't respond to anything else.
((Fixed, and thanks.))
Harver looked over at Jas for a moment, before returning to Solon. Okay... it seems like that won't happen again... or at least, I hope not.
((No prob))
As Jas continues to use her black magic to propel them across the sea, a dark aura forms around her. More of her evil side can be seen since she cannot suppress it, though it isn't wild like before.
((creepy Jasi ftw))
(( Cool exactly eight, hadn't planned on that XD ))
Solon nodded. He felt as if they were meant to be on this ship, the cabins had been made for them. "You and Jas will be sleeping together, though," Solon stated with a wink. Then he began walking by each cabin, finally opening the final one on the left side. "This'll be my room."
Jason sighed, walking to his cabin, which is the top-left one.
((Edit: Don't we only have 8? Solon, Jas, Harver, Jason, Mira, Venice, Riou, Orlando.))
((If Harver and Jas sleep together [;)], then there's one room extra)).
Mira went into te hallway and picked a random cabin that wasn't taken.
"Wha-what's that supposed to mean?" Harver asked Solon, unaware that he had stuttered... and that he was slightly blushing. He watched as the blond walked up to his room. "...Solon!"
Riou picked the cabin nearest the door, laughing heartily at the "Friendliness" between Jas and Harver. He didn't miss much.
((This should get fun. xD))
For once, Jas had missed an entire dirty conversation. Then as if on cue she falls over, completely drained of mana, and exhausted. They had gotten pretty far, and the momentum from the still rushing current would be strong enough to continue carrying the ship at the same speed for a while, but the mage herself needs rest.
Solon paused at his door, his hand on the knob. He turned back to face Harver, smiling. "Good night, buddy, get some sleep, will you?" Then Solon walked into his room and closed the door behind him.
Mira fell asleep.
Jas remains on the floor of the deck, still magically drained. She is almost completely still with her eyes half-open and glowing red occasionally. What seems to be a raindrop lands on her nose, but she doesn't flinch.
Jason put down his stuff and stretched. He then jumped onto his bed and fell asleep.
Riou was slightly worried about how Jas had just seemingly passed out, but managed to sleep.
Harver sighed as Solon shut the door, and walked back up on deck. His eyes widened in surprise as he realized that Jas was on the floor of the deck, seemingly unconscious. He ran over to her and knelt beside her. "Jas, are you okay?"
Jas sees Harver approaching, kneeling by her... 'No, Harver get back! My magic's still outta control!' That's what she wants to say, but can't because she's too weak to move or speak. Her eyes flicker red again, but that's the only visible change. She doesn't even blink or show any sign of response. The girl remains still, about as limp as a rag doll.
Shu looked at the captain. "So... what's the plan?"
((Oops! ::) ))
(( He's not Parry, he's the nameless captain. ))
"The plan is to sleep," the captain grunted, glancing at the night sky. He began walking toward Solon's house. "And I hear there is a house with plenty of beds and a kitchen filled with food this way."
-------
Solon looked around the small cabin. It had a cot, and really not much else. Solon stretched and sat on the bed, wondering about the challenges yet to come.
Orlando had noticed the change in Jas. He did a flip off the top deck, landing behind the 'evil' Jas. "That is no girl," Orlando exclaimed, yet in an almost bored, matter-of-fact voice. He still was able to look urgent and he encircled Jas. Finally, he murmured, "I've read about this... Bloody hell..."
((Huzzah! Huzzah! I'm back!))
Lanbar started walking toward the house with only a slight wobble. "Yeah...I'm sssure that they forgot to -hic- pack most their stuff..."
((Harver has to be the one to actually touch/pick up Jas. It's part of my eval plotz. >xD))
Had Jas been more conscious, or at least able to move, she would have cast one of her spells on Orlando, and told him to "intercourse off because it's not his business." ... But since she can only hear and watch him, she has to let him go... for now.
Harver, seeing no visible response, grabbed her wrist and checked for a pulse.
She's DEAD!
Jas' eyes suddenly snap open, shining with an intense glow. 'Oh sh-!?' Before she can get another thought through, a bright light covers the both of them. An invisible force seems to reach inside, yet pull them by their wrists at the same time, through an unknown warp, twisting the two every which way. About as quick as it happened, the force lets them crash into something...
'What was that...?' The ninja begins to come to, feeling that she's still on the ground. Everything seems to be normal, or so she thought. Something brushed her nose, causing it to wrinkle. Jas opened her eyes and raised a hand to push it out the way, but stops in the middle of her action. '... Why is my hair red?' Her eyes move to the hand being held up. 'And when the hell did I go on steroids!?' Then there's her reflection bouncing off metal on the railings, which caused her to sit up like she awoke from a nightmare. '... If I'm looking at my reflection, then why do I only see...' She pulls another lock of red hair in front of her hair and stares at it, then looks at the makeshift mirror, and to her side, to see her own body laying on the deck. 'Har... ver...?'
"... WHAT THE HELL!?"
Of course it wasn't her voice either...
Harver opened his eyes after the blinding light had enveloped both of them. ...How did I get down here? He thought, sitting up and grabbing his head. He then looked up to see himself, staring at him. Of course, it wasn't himself at all he was staring at... "What-?" He stopped talking immediately after he realized that it wasn't his voice he was speaking with.
'Okay, so I'm here...' Jas lifts a hand, pointing her... Harver's index finger towards her figure. "Y-you..." She shakes her head, and begins stumbling to her feet. 'Damn, that better be the real Harver...' "Just come on. You need... rest..." That was the excuse to get them out of there. It didn't seem like a good idea to inform anyone of this yet, they would wonder if the couple hit their heads too hard. "Lots of it because you're still weak right now." After stumbling a couple of times, she picks up the Jas on the ground, and starts walking to the cabins at a brisk pace, though still tripping a bit. 'Heh, technically I'm not admitting to being weak, so it works.'
Jas in her new form uses her foot to push the door open, then kicks it shut when they enter, and sets the one in her arms down on the bedding. "Okay, what the hell is this...?" She looks at her hands again, then back over to the one that's taken over her body.
Harver's eyes opened again, looking over at himself in the new room. "Now, what exactly is... going on?" He asked, still baffled by his now different voice.
Jas turns a mirror towards Harver, revealing his new identity. "We switched bodies. Other than that, I don't know what's going on." 'Wait... I was just assuming that I switched with Harver. Though I don't think anyone else got thrown in.' She stands by the mirror, waiting for a response.
"Mirror mirror on the wall, who's the fairest one of all.......?" Mira mumbled in his sleep, as he turned over on his bed.
"...Okay," Harver said, scratching his head a bit. "So... how do we get back, then?" What is all this... a dream? I'm so confused... and tired...
"There's not much of the house left, thanks to you. There were some damages, including my guitar. It's unusable now." Roy said as he lead towards Solon's old house.
"That's the thing. I don't know the answer to that either," Jas looks down, starting to blame herself for this, but looks up to see Harver scratching. "Be careful when you scratch. You have claws now, remember? In fact," she grabs his hand, checking the claws for something. "... Nevermind. Maybe we should just get some sleep."
Mira woke up, the sat up. He was still tired, but something was bugging him. He was too tired to figure out what it was, so he went back to sleep.
((Dead RP oh noes. >.>'))
((...We could just cut to the morning....Oh wait, Harver and Jas still need to work out their predicament. Then we can have morning.))
"Hm?" Harver looked at his claw-like hands. "This could take some getting used to... we need to find out a solvent for this, and quickly." He sighed. "Maybe sleep is the answer," he said in response to Jas's last sentence.
Mira started to roll around in his sleep. He fell off his bed, and upon hitting the floor, yelled "WILL YOU TWO BE QUIET!?" Then he fell asleep on the floor.
Jas smirks upon hearing Mira, and raises a hand, ready to snap and toast him with a fire spell, but quickly tosses the idea. 'My mind's here, but this body wouldn't be able to handle the magic. I'd make things worse than what I've already done...' She sighs and lowers her hand, then points towards Mira's room. "You could practice getting in character and yell at him a bit... Anyways, I don't know, maybe sleep is the answer, but I gotta ask, are you really going to try sleeping with all the ninja gear on? Definitely not the most comfy thing in the world, believe me." Sure enough, all her light armor and weapons were equipped on her previous form. Jas nods towards her bag. "I suggest you change."
OoC// Just trying to keep the Rp moving.
IC//
"It's just in here." Roy said as he turned a corner. Amid all the rubble, you could see what was left of Solon's house. Fortunately, it was well enough to stay in.
As Roy walked into Solon's house he looked at the somewhat simple life he almost had. Then he looked at the man who ruined it all. Why are you staying with him again? Because you have nowhere else...
Harver blushed immensely at her comment. "Though it does make sense to change at this moment, I don't think I can."
((Yeah, I know. BoA disappeared again, I don't feel like making an epic side story, and I don't think the epilogue for the old one is open. o.o))
"What do you mean you don't think you-" Jas stops and thinks about it for a moment. "... Oh yeah, hehe. Well if you're not going to change, how are you going to do things like shower? Should I do it for you?" She pulls at an armor plate and the material that makes up the ninja top. "I admit, that would get... interesting..."
'Wait... How am I gonna shower and use the bathroom!? 0__o;'
((At least they're in a relationship, and not complete strangers.))
Jason chuckled in his sleep, unaware to what was going on.
((True, but still.))
Jas keeps pulling at the armor and shirt. "It was bound to happen anyways," she laughs a bit.
Mira began to roll around in his sleep. He was still sleeping on the floor. It was starting to get uncomfortable to him, after sleeping on the bed for a while. He sat up, but was not awake. He rose to his feet, standing, but still asleep.
"How are we ever going to get out of this..?" Harver muttered, sitting down in exhaustion. "This doesn't make any sense."
Mira groaned, then slowly started to walk forward, like a zombie. He ran into a wall, groaned, then stepped back a bit, turning around to a different direction, then walked out of his cabin.
((*Headshots Mira*))
"If you think about it," Jas sits by Harver again. "All the things we got into never made any sense. I'm still trying to decide if I should teach you how to use that magic... in case we run into more trouble, and we're not normal yet." She sits there quietly for a bit before clinging to him.
"I'm sorry!" she hugs a bit more, still clinging to Harver, and continuing, not caring how weird she sounds given that it isn't her voice. "I couldn't control my magic after moving the ship, then this happens, and you're probably mad as hell, if not, madder. I'm sorry!"
((lol Resident Evil)).
Mira groaned as he walked forward, eventually running into a door. He groaned again, then turned to his left, then continued walking.
Do I really sound like that? Harver thought as he blushed slightly, Jas clinging to him. He sighed, returning the hug. "Don't worry," he said. "We'll find a way through this. And I'm not mad. You couldn't control the magic; it was beyond you. It's not your fault; we all make mistakes."
"Hmm," Jas smiles, glad that there is no anger fueled towards her. After getting the ninja gear off him, she cuddles into Harver, closing her eyes. 'Never realized how soft I was. Apparently I make a good pillow...'
((Hauauau! Kawaii! ^^))
Lanbar waited patiently for the plot to continue. "...dangit, Birdie! When are you going to get back!...Oh crap, just broke the fourth wall...Oh well." He then went to the fridge and grabbed the most alcoholic drink he could find.
((Hey Shorti...are you thinking of starting a sort of side-rp any time soon?))
(("What?" Jason blurted out, still in bed. "What do you mean he still isn't here. I'm not getting paid to just stay in bed. Director!"))
Jason was still asleep....
((The first DMDTS is still open. o.o We can use that for epilogue type things.))
((A new adventure in the epilogue? That'll be interesting))
As Mira walked around, he tripped over his own foot, landing with a loud thud, then continued to sleep in the hallway.
((Adventures and randomness. I'll go bump it..))
((Is anyone still here?))
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on August 05, 2009, 01:48:15 AM
((Is anyone still here?))
((I am, at least.))
((I wish Bird would STOP DISSAPEARING!!!!!))
Quote from: Penmoet on August 05, 2009, 01:52:43 PM
((I am, at least.))
((I wish Bird would STOP DISSAPEARING!!!!!))
((Yeah, when Bird's gone, he's usually gone for a long time)).
((I'm here with 5 good fan art pics for this. BoA just disappears too darn much. DX))
((Agreed >_>)).
((I wish there was a way that we would know whether or not he would be gone...BUT SINCE HE NEVER TELLS US...we shall never know.))
((Y'know, if he's gone too long, we could always just launch a hostile takeover of the RP. <.<))
Quote from: Triforce_Luigi on August 06, 2009, 07:59:07 AM
((Y'know, if he's gone too long, we could always just launch a hostile takeover of the RP. <.<))
((I'm starting to agree with this... can't just let it die.))
OoC// If it gets started, I'll come back in. But I can't really do anything without Birdie's character.
((Okay, I say it's time we move on with this somehow. And while I'm at it. http://www.nsfcd.com/forums/index.php?topic=31421.0 there's the long-awaited fanart for this.))
So if Bird's gone, how'm I gonna join?
((Nice fanart, ShOrTi. =D))
Quote from: WhiteReverse on August 21, 2009, 08:17:17 PM
So if Bird's gone, how'm I gonna join?
((Assuming Bird doesn't come back and we do end up taking over the thread, then I'd guess either ShOrTi or Light/Big Brother would be in charge of that. ;) ))
(( I'm here, I'm here. You can quit planning your coup now XD Fill me in on what's been going on. Also, I'm probably not going to come by all the time. But now I have someone to bug me whenever my appearances drop too low, so you guys are lucky :P ))
OoC// We really haven't done anything since you left, the captain guy with Hobo's character are at Solon's house. Jas and Harver have switched bodies (I think...?) and yeah...
((Yeah, pretty much what Xeph said. I think that's about it...
Also, for the record, the revolt was entirely ShOrTi's idea. I had nothing to do with it. I'm innocent. <.<))
Quote from: THEBIRD on August 21, 2009, 08:55:24 PM
(( I'm here, I'm here. You can quit planning your coup now XD Fill me in on what's been going on. Also, I'm probably not going to come by all the time. But now I have someone to bug me whenever my appearances drop too low, so you guys are lucky :P ))
((No, It's too late for you! I run this mutha now! *Shoots BoA* And nothing's happened except for the Har/Jas epic body switch. And thanks TL. *Smacks TL for wrongly accusing her*))
(( The evidence is all here so I can just look back anyway. And thanks for all the love ;-; Shooting me is such a nice welcome back present. Also, new players can join anytime. I'll jump back into this RP as soon as I can get on the CP with my files on it. ))
Quote from: THEBIRD on August 21, 2009, 09:13:56 PM
(( The evidence is all here so I can just look back anyway. And thanks for all the love ;-; Shooting me is such a nice welcome back present. Also, new players can join anytime. I'll jump back into this RP as soon as I can get on the CP with my files on it. ))
((It's called tough love. Now get back in it before I shoot for the kill. =P))
((Woah! I got like 10 emails about this topic! Nice to see that Bird's back, but it looks like it might take awhile for us to continue the RP)).
I'm glad my appearance made Bird come back. Now then, I have a totally serious question to ask.
I know the max limit of characters is 3 per person, but it'd be really neat if I could have 4 characters. I'm mostly asking because these same four people were (pretty much) always together in another RP game. An extremely long RP game that lasted at least a year, and never actually officially ended.
Quote from: WhiteReverse on August 21, 2009, 11:25:53 PM
I'm glad my appearance made Bird come back. Now then, I have a totally serious question to ask.
I know the max limit of characters is 3 per person, but it'd be really neat if I could have 4 characters. I'm mostly asking because these same four people were (pretty much) always together in another RP game. An extremely long RP game that lasted at least a year, and never actually officially ended.
Hey guys, I'm not even in this RP so I don't have to go OOC. I can say that my client, WhiteReverse, should get 4 characters. My reasons, because I like his icon and his blue text is hard to read, so you can say yes on grounds that he'll stop using it.
((Huzzah huzzah! He is back...and btw, I can't send PMs for some strange, cruel reason. T_T))
((I wouldn't recommend 4 characters. Why? Not enough diversity. Say you have four characters, and they're all in the same place. Are you supposed to have a conversation between yourselves? That could take a while. Plus, they'd be able to make more group choices, since they have 4 and everyone else has 1 or 2. I personally think that the RP creator should only have that many, and, even then, only for story purposes.))
OoC// I don't see the point in having more than one character, myself.
Writing conversations between your own characters is extremely easy, especially when each of them has a completely different personality. Anyway, if they ever do part ways, I'll make sure it'll only have two effects on the characters. Example:
(http://img34.imageshack.us/img34/2706/50224502.png)
This is wrong, because it would have more than two effects.
(http://img34.imageshack.us/img34/8948/no2b.png)
This would have four effects, so that's wrong too.
(http://img41.imageshack.us/img41/2487/yessdr.png)
Yay, two effects. This is correct.
(http://img263.imageshack.us/img263/6808/yes2.png)
This is right, too.
That was a bit over-the-top, but who cares. So I can has four characters, yesh?
((Trust me, it's never a good idea to have too many people to control...That's how most of my fan fics died out, I had too many characters to control. ;-; ...Plus, this is getting to be a REALLY long OOC discussion. Maybe we should talk about this...somewhere else?))
((Well, the whole point of the rule was to prevent confusion and people from endlessly making characters that have no point in the storyline what-so-ever. I would consider letting it slide because it seems like you have it under control, but once again, it's up to BoA, so you may not get an answer for another year or two.))
((All in favor of a DMDTS discussion thread? :V)).
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on August 22, 2009, 03:52:40 PM
((All in favor of a DMDTS discussion thread? :V)).
((Yes. :U
Also, I say no to the four-character thing. Just because they were together for an entire RP in a different scenario doesn't mean they can do the same exact thing here. You should offer more diversity for your characters; maybe come up with one or two new ones, and use them instead?))
((That and now that I think of it, this is not the type of RP where you wanna go with more than two chars really. *Raises hand in favor of discussion thread then goes to watch more Ouran Host Club* Now one of you biznitches go make it.))
(( I have to agree with Light on this one. Honestly, three is pushing it for an RP like this. I'd suggest two. But if you begin playing and still feel like you can handle four characters, I may let you.
Also, you guys really want a discussion thread? I'm digging this idea, so I'll do it.))
Lanbar patiently waited for the other RPers to make their character do something so he wouldn't be so bored.
((Listen, I'll keep breaking this fourth wall until something starts happening again. >=(...or...maybe I'll just keep breaking it because it can be so entertaining at times. XD))
(( I don't exactly remember where I left off, but here goes nothing. ))
"Land, ho!" called out Wolfe. Solon jumped awake. "Whazzat," he mumbled. He crawled out of bed slowly, as if he had just been lying there idly for months, shook himsel awake, and went up above deck to greet Wolfe. He could see a towering mass of land a few miles ahead.
--------------
The captain entered Solon's house, no scratches other than its broken door, and situated himself on the couch. "Good," he said, almost to himself. "Well, we will be staying here a few days, so make yourself at home - again." The captain chuckled and stretched out even more.
"Okay...and then when do I get my booze...Speaking of that, what am I doing to get booze again?" Lanbar said.
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on August 22, 2009, 10:16:32 PM
"Okay...and then when do I get my booze...Speaking of that, what am I doing to get booze again?" Lanbar said.
"You will do as I say when I say it, no questions asked. And if my goal has been completed at the end, then you will get your booze," the captain replied seriously.
"Land?....Already?" Jason muttered, getting out of his bed.
"...Sound reasonable enough." Lanbar said with a shrug. For him anything was reasonable enough if he got a good drink out of it.
Harver awoke, feeling as if he had been sleeping for a long time. He groggily got out of the bed, and looked down at his feet. He sighed. So it wasn't a dream... how the hell are we going to get out of this one?
Jas opens her eyes, and looks around the room. 'What was that...? I had to have been dreaming, right? I didn't end up in some twisted...' said eyes fall on her own figure. 'Okay, so that wasn't a dream... gotta fix this weird body swap...' She sits up, rubbing her eyes and grinning. "Heh, sleep well?"
Quote from: Sh0rTi on August 22, 2009, 10:48:47 PM
Jas opens her eyes, and looks around the room. 'What was that...? I had to have been dreaming, right? I didn't end up in some twisted...' said eyes fall on her own figure. 'Okay, so that wasn't a dream... gotta fix this weird body swap...' She sits up, rubbing her eyes and grinning. "Heh, sleep well?"
Harver smirked without humor back up at Jas, standing up. "With all these insane shenanigans going on, I'm sure you can easily determine that," he said, stretching. "You have any idea on how we can get out of this?"
"I see you've also inherited my morning crankiness," Jas sighs and rolls out of bed, yawning and stretching. "Well," she points at her bag. "We can always look through my book to try and find answers, or rather you can. I don't want to pick it up and somehow curse this body..."
((God dommot! Oh well, at least I didn't miss out on too much. Glad to see that this RP is actually moving along)).
When Wolfe cried out "Land ho!", Mira slowly and groggily, like a zombie, rose from the hallway floor that he slept on. He was awake... Kinda... Mira slowly walked out onto the deck, keeping his arms out in front of him, just in case he would run into something.
NAME: Camaspin
AGE: 2
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE: http://imgcash3.imageshack.us/img89/7705/camaspinlololef8.gif (In the process of re-modeling. Better character design is on its way.)
BIO: Created by Professor Jin in the year 3012, Camaspin fended off many evil forces spawned by the Notorious Cloud, and saved the planet on numerous accounts. But now, after his 2 year journey, Camaspin finds himself in the distant past.
HOMELAND: Rock Sector
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
NAME: Kieteshi
AGE: 6
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE: http://imgcash3.imageshack.us/img301/7035/kieteshizx3.png (In the process of re-modeling. Better character design is on its way.)
BIO: His creators name isn't known, as he died right after releasing Kieteshi from his pod in 3008. Kieteshi didn't obtain his mask (seen in the picture) until later. It isn't part of his design. For 4 years Kieteshi played the villain, but in 3013, he changed his ways and followed Camaspin. But now, he has travled back in time with Camaspin.
HOMELAND: Desert Sector
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
Quote from: WhiteReverse on August 23, 2009, 02:16:40 PM
NAME: Camaspin
AGE: 2
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE: http://imgcash3.imageshack.us/img89/7705/camaspinlololef8.gif (In the process of re-modeling. Better character design is on its way.)
BIO: Created by Professor Jin in the year 3012, Camaspin fended off many evil forces spawned by the Notorious Cloud, and saved the planet on numerous accounts. But now, after his 2 year journey, Camaspin finds himself in the distant past.
HOMELAND: Rock Sector
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
NAME: Kieteshi
AGE: 6
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE: http://imgcash3.imageshack.us/img301/7035/kieteshizx3.png (In the process of re-modeling. Better character design is on its way.)
BIO: His creators name isn't known, as he died right after releasing Kieteshi from his pod in 3008. Kieteshi didn't obtain his mask (seen in the picture) until later. It isn't part of his design. For 4 years Kieteshi played the villain, but in 3013, he changed his ways and followed Camaspin. But now, he has travled back in time with Camaspin.
HOMELAND: Desert Sector
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port
(( Oh boy, I can see this RP is going to have some strange twists already. As long as your characters don't have overly strong powers and can beat up people of this present easily, you're in. ))
"We'll be there in abou'... ten minutes," Wolfe told the crowd after he examined the distance. "Get yer asses up and ready to go!" He took out a cigarette, lit it, and then exhaled deeply. "It's late, so firs' thing we do is find an inn and settle down."
"Great," Solon said, stretching, "just what I need, more sleep."
"Don' sleep then," Wolfe replied, catching Solon's sarcasm, with a shrug. "I'm not sayin' any of us need it. I'm jus' sayin' it'd be strange to be found wandering an unknown country at night."
"I know," Solon sighed. He then turned back around to address everyone else. "Well team, keep your weapons on the boat. The last thing we need to do is be arrested for carrying around these things," Solon fingered his own gun, wary of going into this country without protection, "and try to lie low. Don't act suspicious, just don't cause any scenes. None of us have our IDs marked off, meaning we shouldn't even have left Sans Port. Monte Island is a lot more lax, so we should be okay, but still..." Solon eyed each and every one of them, and noticed there were two faces who didn't show up.
"Okay, go... make yourselves useful," Solon finished lamely, and headed briskly back to the cabins. He found the room where Jas and Harver were sharing, and knocked on the door.
A white portal appeared, which spat out both Camaspin and Kieteshi. They landed on their feet, and soon noticed their surroundings looked completely different than anywhere in the 3000's.
Camaspin: "... Where are the others?" He asked, after looking around.
Kieteshi: "It's just like you to not pay attention. Cathrine clearly stated they might come with us." Kieteshi replied coldly, with his arms folded and eyes closed.
Camaspin: "So it's just you and me... ? *Sigh*, Great... Where are we anyway?"
Kieteshi: "Sans Port, where Cathrine said she'd send us."
Camaspin: "Oh yeah..." Camaspin said blankly. "We need ID's, right?"
They made their way to a large building and entered.
Camaspin: "This looks like the place. I guess we talk to that lady--" Camaspin stopped talking when he saw Kieteshi walk past the woman at the front desk.
Kieteshi: "30th floor." He said before disappearing.
Camaspin sighed, and warped to the 30th floor, too.
Kieteshi re-appeared right in front of Ronald's face.
Kieteshi: "You there, give us ID's."
((O noez script format!))
Jason walked out onto the deck.
"Hey Solon," he asked,"what's for breakfast?"
After Solon's little briefing, Mira slowly went back to his cabin, with no conscious effort, and placed his weapons under his head, collapsing beside them.
((Aaaaaaggghh for intercourse 's sake, get rid of the script format. >.<'))
"I mean, I can't ju-" Jas' sentence is cut off with the knocking. She looks at the door, wondering who's there. She could joke around and tell the person on the other side, "We're busy! Go away!" but doesn't. 'If Harver doesn't seem to like having boobs, I doubt he'd appreciate that comment either,' With that, Jas suddenly busts out into a fit of quiet laughter.
((Character pic yay: (http://public4.tektek.org/img/av/0908/d24/1748/0c8a575.png)))
((Hair is too light.))
Roy sat right across from the captain and stared at him while anxiously clenching and unclenching his fists. He will never leave him out of his site.
((GASP! Script format! DUN DUN DUNNNNN!!))
A bartender was...well, tending his bar over on Monty Island. He was doing what any stereotypical bartender would do when he has nothing to do, cleaning a single glass with a white rag. "You know..." He said to himself, "I wonder how my brother's doing...And for that matter, how everyone else is too." A guy sat down at the bar so Tanbar had to stop mumbling to himself and get to asking him for what he wants.
Riou's back made an incredibly loud crack as he stretched, a bowel wrenching sound. He soon approached solon. "So what is it we have to do on Monte Island again?" He asked.
((Considering you write in all narrative within the script, you don't even need to put it in there.))
((Bump)).
After a few minutes of being collapsed, Mira fell back asleep, rolling around in his cabin. Eventually, Mira rolled out of his cabin and down the hallway.
Lanbar walked over to where his new captain was and asked him, "So...are we going to do something...or what?"
Quote from: WhiteReverse on August 24, 2009, 12:26:52 PM
A white portal appeared, which spat out both Camaspin and Kieteshi. They landed on their feet, and soon noticed their surroundings looked completely different than anywhere in the 3000's.
Camaspin: "... Where are the others?" He asked, after looking around.
Kieteshi: "It's just like you to not pay attention. Cathrine clearly stated they might come with us." Kieteshi replied coldly, with his arms folded and eyes closed.
Camaspin: "So it's just you and me... ? *Sigh*, Great... Where are we anyway?"
Kieteshi: "Sans Port, where Cathrine said she'd send us."
Camaspin: "Oh yeah..." Camaspin said blankly. "We need ID's, right?"
They made their way to a large building and entered.
Camaspin: "This looks like the place. I guess we talk to that lady--" Camaspin stopped talking when he saw Kieteshi walk past the woman at the front desk.
Kieteshi: "30th floor." He said before disappearing.
Camaspin sighed, and warped to the 30th floor, too.
Kieteshi re-appeared right in front of Ronald's face.
Kieteshi: "You there, give us ID's."
Ronald eyed these creatures suspiciously. "What the intercourse ?" he finally grunted after a long silence. He was in a horrible mood after the pirate attack. His hair looked grayer, he seemed more wrinkled, and he seemed out of place and disoriented. "It doesn't matter. It doesn't matter. Just take these and go, get outta here. I don't care... I just..." He was shaking as he handed them IDs. "Those pirates destroyed everything..."
---
"Don't you have a twin?" the captain asked him in response.
---
"Breakfast? It's the middle of the night," Solon replied. His stomach growled, right on cue. "Er, but I could go for some dinner..." A mischievous grin appeared on his face as Wolfe yelled out, once again, that they had reached the land and anchored. "Time for a midnight snack."
"That was simple enough." Camaspin said, staring blankly at his new ID. "I guess now we... wait. What DO we do now?" He asked, turning to Kieteshi. "We wait outside until something interesting finally happens." Kieteshi answered. With that, the two teleported outside of the building.
"Um..." Lanbar was a bit thrown back by the sudden question. Does...Does he know?"As a matter of fact, I do..."
Quote from: Sh0rTi on August 22, 2009, 11:05:07 PM
"I see you've also inherited my morning crankiness," Jas sighs and rolls out of bed, yawning and stretching. "Well," she points at her bag. "We can always look through my book to try and find answers, or rather you can. I don't want to pick it up and somehow curse this body..."
Harver sighed. "I really don't care what happens to the body right now, just so long as I get back into it in the end," he said, looking at the bag Jas pointed to. "Besides; aren't you the more magically prominent?"
"Be careful what you wish for," Jas shakes her head. "I just don't want to put you through what I went through, okay?" She eyes the bag cautiously, thinking it through before walking over to the table her bag is on. "There isn't anything possessing the book anymore, but this seems to be unpredictable..." She picks the book up, hoping for the best, and opens it.
"I trust in you," Harver said to Jas, walking behind her so he could see the book as well. "We'll get through this."
"Alright then," Jas begins flipping trough the pages, skimming through its words in search of what she needs to know. "No, no, no..." She pulls out one of the chairs and sits down without taking her eyes off her task.
Mira's rolling caused him to bump his head into a wall. "Ow! Ughhhhhhh......." Mira sat up, then rubbed his head, but still wasn't fully conscious.
"I'm gonna go wake Mira, since you're avoiding answering me." Riou said simply, heading back belowdecks. He noticed Mira rolling in the hall, so he gave him a light kick in the side to ensure that Mira wasn't dead.
Mira groaned like a zombie when he was kicked.
"Anything I can do to help?" Harver asked as Jas skimmed through her book.
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on August 29, 2009, 01:39:30 PM
"Um..." Lanbar was a bit thrown back by the sudden question. Does...Does he know?"As a matter of fact, I do..."
"We'll spend one day here, there is something I need," the captain said. "But first, I must make a visit..." With that, the captain got up and strolled out of the door. He arrived shortly outside the Town Hall, where he saw two suspicious looking people. "Hullo," he grunted at Camaspin and Kieteshi.
---
The boat came to a complete stop. Solon decided to leave it to Wolfe to wake everyone up, and went out on his own. He was starving, and knew nothing would be open at midnight. Humming a tune, he walked quietly into the night, surveying this town. Food places and resort hotels seemed to be everywhere, it was just analyzing which one had the least amount of security...
"Yeah, if anything catches your eye, tell me," Jas turns another page. "Something like um... soul-swap, gender bender, anything that has to do with the situation we're in here. That and a massage would help. I think I fell wrong when the switch happened." She yawns and stretches before scanning the book again.
As soon as the captain left, Roy leaned forward and spoke to Lanbar. "All right, why are we following him? You don't look like the side-with-the-evil-mysterious-captain-guy type."
"Hey'a." Camaspin replied cheerfully. "... So then," Kieteshi said, "are you going to ask him about the Dead Men, or should I? Frankly, I'm tired of not knowing where to go or what to do." He finished.
((Dude who are you talking to?))
Jason smirked. 'Only kidding, since I just woke up.'
After stretching, he walked off of the ship and into the city.
Quote from: Xerosmith on August 31, 2009, 04:39:34 PM
As soon as the captain left, Roy leaned forward and spoke to Lanbar. "All right, why are we following him? You don't look like the side-with-the-evil-mysterious-captain-guy type."
"Well...I thought the experience would be...interesting enough." Lanbar said with a smirk on his face.
Riou picked Mira up and threw him over his shoulder.
He'll wake up eventually, until that time, he should probably be near one of us, because god only know's what mira would do if we left him alone.
Riou sighed heavily. "Yare Yare Daze"
"Braiiiiiiiins......." Mira said after being thrown over Riou's shoulder.
Quote from: JNFS2014 on September 01, 2009, 06:11:39 PM
((Dude who are you talking to?))
((Who, moi? Camaspin was talking to the captain, and Kieteshi was talking to Camaspin.))
Well he's nothing but a drunk, this is going to be really hard with nobody to trust.
Roy said nothing and leaned back into his chair, deep in thought.
While walking abovedecks, Riou gave Mira a sharp rap over the head.
"Should we throw him in the ocean, and see if he wakes up?" Riou asked Solon.
"Solon is on land, silly!" Jason yelled up to Riou.
Mira made a noise in response to the rap over the head.
((I forgot the exclamation point didn't I?))
"That's why I yelled. So, Jason, you think we should chuck him into the water? or maybe we should force him to listen to a sped up version of that one certain song that is ever so popular online." Riou said, with mischief dancing in his eyes, despite his polite speech.
Jason walked back over before answering.
"Hahaha definitely the second," Jason responded, laughing.
((I was going to put "He's on the land" in OOC, but what's the fun in that?))
So Riou dug through his bag, and pulled out his laptop and his high quality 5.1 surround sound headphones. Placing them on Mira's head, he turned the volume to max on everything, and started playing a super-sped up Swedish song, at a volume loud enough that everyone within 30 feet could hear it, while the earphones were on mira's head.
((I thought you were going to do "Never Gonna Give You Up". :P))
"Hahahaha, he should wake up any second."
((Caramelldansen?))
((Yes, obviously))
((Just making sure)).
"Ughhh....." Mira said a few seconds into the song. After awhile, he was sleepily bobbing his head to the music, only somewhat awake.
Riou was irritated. Therefore, after removing the headphones he threw Mira into the freezing late night sea while screaming "WAKE UP!!!" At the top of his lungs.
"Ah!" Mira yelled, startled by Riou's sudden yelling, to the point that he jumped up to his feet.
"That was all I had to do?" Riou said, slumping with half-lidded eyes.
((Thid face. T_T'))
Mira started to slouch a little, but was still standing.
"C'mon, slouch, follow Solon" riou said, vaulting the railing and hitting the ground in a roll.
Mira went off the boat in the same way Riou did, but ended up laying on the ground. Didn't make any efforts to get up until 3 seconds later.
"That looked remarkably painful. Solon said we're heading to an Inn, to finish sleeping, so, yeah." Riou replied, running after the man.
"Sleep......" Mira walked after Riou, after Solon.
"Geeze, what time is it?" Jas yawned and finally took her eyes off the book's pages after what seemed like forever. Unfortunately, she hadn't found anything that seemed like it would help with her predicament. Sighing, Jas leans back in the chair, hand on her forehead. "We're probably up way earlier than what we should be..."
"You should rest," Harver recommended to Jas. "I'll continue to look through the book for anything to help us."
"Sure about that?" Jas has her eyes closed, still leaning back. "You've been awake just as long as me. Both of us should probably go back to bed," she opens an eye, looking at Harver. "Don't forget, I'd know when you're tired too."
"True," Harver muttered, covering his mouth as he yawned, and blinking a few times. "True," he repeated. "Maybe this whole problem will be solved with sleep."
Lanbar thought for a little while and decided that breaking the fourth wall wasn't such a good idea and starts to repair it. He calls for Tanbar to jump on over and help which he promptly does. "Gees, I can't leave you alone for five minutes without breaking anything." Tanbar sighs as he gets to work.
"Oh, well maybe I wouldn't do it so much if BoA was more active." And with this comment, the fourth wall which was only half-way built broke again. "Oops...sorry." Lanbar said as he got back to work on fixing it.
((xD))
"Maybe, but first I'm gonna go up and get some air," with that, Jas leaves the room, and heads up on the deck... but looking around, she could see that it was still clearly night time, it couldn't have been past midnight, and that the ship was docked. "... Explains why we're so tired still and why it's so empty..." She mumbled, going back to the cabin.
"Hey, turns out we're already at our new place. How about we grab our stuff and get off the ship. Getting a midnight snack before bed probably wouldn't hurt either." The demon ninja starts picking up their few belongings so they could find a hotel to check into.
"Do you think it is wise for us to go out in our current state?" Harver asked, a bit stunned by Jas's decision. "We already switched bodies; who knows what else could happen?"
"Straight to a hotel from here," Jas says, slinging a bag over her shoulder. "Then order some food from the room when we get there. Shouldn't hurt anything else. Should we run into any of the others ((*coughcough* that's you guys' cue!)) we could get by with some acting and role playing ((lulz)). It can't be too hard, now come on." She gives Harver a reassuring smile before leaving the room again.
"But...I..." Harver stuttered, gesturing his arms wildly with no real meaning as Jas left the room, "we, this..." He sighed, hanging his head low as he got up and followed Jas outside the room. Women.
"What was that?" Jas, suddenly being able to read minds, glares at Harver. "You are one for the moment."
Once Jas gets onto the deck, she grabs Harver's hand, and takes off running into the town. "Don't be so pessimistic, we'll be fine. Besides, we have a chance to sleep comfortably. Why not use it?" Once they get closer to the town however, she slows down to a walk so they don't draw attention. "See? Not too bad." She leads them into a hotel, still surprised that she hasn't seen any of the others.
Tanbar (now back from repairing the 4th wall) is back in the bar which is still filled with satisfied customers. "Man...I sometimes wish that exciting things would happen again or something..."
"For both our sakes, I hope you're right about this," Harver said, being dragged by Jas into the hotel. He looked around, remembering the hotel they stayed at in Nimbuslus, and how alike they seemed. ...Come on man, relax. Don't worry. Nothing will go wrong, and everything will be just the way it should be.
((Pssssst...go into the bar! ;)))
((We're avoiding the bar because we don't like Tanbar. ;) lulz, j/k))
After claiming their room, Jas looks at Harver, and hands him his key. "Hey, chill, would ya. We made it this far." When they get to their said room, she starts to wonder what she should eat. Why wouldn't she be hungry, she was on that ship all day. 'But first...' Jas turns to Harver, a menacing look in her eyes.
(( D': :'())
Jason sat on a bench in the middle of the town.
'Dang it.....why has Solon ran off like this. I haven't seen him ((at NSFCD)) for awhile.
After walking a bit, Mira fell asleep again, making him sleepwalk. He ended up bumping into a couple of walls and doors before accidentally entering a bar, only to trip as soon as he got inside.
Harver was sitting on the sofa of the hotel room, looking through the room service menu. "I wonder if they have sushi..." He muttered, as he glanced up at Jas. He stared into her eyes, which were glaring back at him. "What are you...?"
Even if my brother was an alcoholic....it still annoys me to have to deal with other drunks. Tanbar let out a sigh as he looked over the counter. "May I...get you anything?" He said to the sleeping Mira unaware that he was actually sleeping.
"Well for one, you'd better be careful what type of sushi you pick because you're allergic to certain fish in that form," Jas's look gets even more devious as she steps closer to Harver. "And two," she picks him up, glad that her true form is light in the weight. "You owe me shower time, and don't try to tell me you're not gonna take one even after running around and jumping into a dumpster." She walks off to the bathroom.
((said devious look: [spoiler]
[/spoiler] Without all the evilness at the end...))
"Oh, right," Harver said, vaguely remembering their agreement from earlier. Jeez, what is it with this woman and showers? Does she live in one?
((I'm glad this RP is active, but it's the night before school starts D:)).
Mira mumbled incomprehensible words to respond to Tanbar.
"I'll just give you the special. You'll like it trust me." He said as he grabbed the bottles of alcohol he needed for the special and began mixing them together.
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on September 07, 2009, 08:23:33 PM
((I'm glad this RP is active, but it's the night before school starts D:)).
((Dude, I've been in school for the last month or so. I'm the one who should be complaining. Also; FFFFFFFFFFF I HAVE A PROJECT DUE TOMORROW AAAAA))
((I would say you're lucky, but then there's your project :()).
"Mm-hm." Mira nodded.
((My school started two weeks ago and I smell a project coming up soon...))
"Well...you go ahead and enjoy it when you want. No hurry here." He said as he grabbed a few dirty glasses and started cleaning them.
Mira reached around for it, then, once he found it, put it up to the mouth of his mask and started pouring the drink. But since the mask doesn't have any openings where the mouth is, the drink spilled all over the room. "Mmmmmmm.... Good." Mira said sleepily.
Tanbar let out a sigh. "Hey...can we get a janitor in here?" He shouted as a scruffy janitor came into the room and began mopping. "I don't think I've seen you before, who are you?" Tanbar asked.
"I'm Scruffy, the janitor." He said as he continued to mop.
"I am Mira." Mira said. "I played a hand in defeating the Dead Men." Mira said, forgetting about the voluntary secrecy of the matter.
Tanbar imediately dropped the glass in shock at hearing this and Scruffy glared at him. "Um...sorry." Tanbar said sheepishly. He leaped over the counter and turned Mira over so he could look at his face. "Mira! It's you. How're you doing? And also, are the others with you?"
"Good." Mira said. 10 seconds later, Mira simply nodded.
Tanbar gave him a little shake...and then a slightly larger one. "He seems pooped..." He laid him back down and walked back behind the bar, noticing that the glass, drink, and Scruffy were gone. "I guess he went back to...wherever he goes to..."
Mira sighed a comforted sigh, then curled up, only to start rolling in his sleep 5 minutes later.
"In other words, we stink," Jas says quite bluntly. "Dunno how you can even stand it with my nose and sense of smell," she flicks Harver's nose and opens the bathroom door. "So it's one of the few things I'll get OCD about, sue me... 'Sides, what's wrong with getting closer to my mate?" the ninja adds with a grin.
((Lulz Harver's oblivious to Jas's dirty-mindedness. xD))
((Well, it's perfectly fine since they've switched bodies. XD...*runs away*))
"Mate, huh?" Harver asked, smirking slightly. "Haven't I told you before that I don't believe in premarital sex?" He asked, teasing her slightly.
Jas huffs and pouts. "I forgot that you like specifics and technical terms. What would be a better phrase than 'mate,' hmm?" She cuddles into Harver laughing a little. "You're still mine and not some other chick's... or guy's... Er... you know what I mean." Jas turns the water on, and hugs Harver again.
((BIRDIE NEEDS TO COME BACK SERIOUSLY!!!!))
"And how do you know?" Harver asked, teasing Jas further. Wonder how long I can keep this up...
"Hmm?" Jas raises an eyebrow curiously. "You're meaning to tell me that for these past three years, you've had someone on the side without me knowing, and the having just me alone isn't good enough?" She fakes a gasp, pretending to be hurt. "Surely the Harver I know and love wouldn't do such a thing." But then she drops the act, and grabs onto Harver's shirt to pull it over his head. "Now come on so we can eat and go back to sleep."
"As you wish," Harver said, helping Jas out of her shirt as well. Three years, huh?... Doesn't feel like it's been that long at all.
"Good because- huh..." Jas stops and tilts her head to the side, then tosses Harver up and down a couple of times. "Never realized just how light I am," she chuckles and puts him down to completely strip and jump in the water.
((And before anyone says anything. No. No smut, that'd get weird as hell atm. xD))
"And I suppose you never realized how beautiful you were either," Harver cornily said, smiling sweetly all the while.
(( There better be no planning to still my character, I don't know
where I'd hear that idea from... SO DON'T DO IT. I'm still here, but now I have school ;_;. Besides, I'm the only one who knows the story, ha ha :P ))
Solon realized that most bars were still open. He found one bar that looked rather promising, so he decided to go inside for a drink and some grub. There was a small 'thud!' a moment later, and Solon was found rubbing his head on the ground. "Don't they make 'pull' signs, anymore?" he grumbled as he pulled himself back up. He look disoriented for a moment, but then shook his head and pulled the door open.
The first thing he noticed was Mira asleep at the stool. The next thing he noticed was... Lanbar? standing next to him. "Lanbar!?" Solon suddenly exclaimed when he saw the twin. "Wait, I thought you were back at Sans Port! Did you get free from the pirates? What happened?"
---
(( Okay, so I didn't exactly read everything that I missed *cough* so I'll just go from what I remember... ))
Quote from: WhiteReverse on September 01, 2009, 06:00:55 PM
"Hey'a." Camaspin replied cheerfully. "... So then," Kieteshi said, "are you going to ask him about the Dead Men, or should I? Frankly, I'm tired of not knowing where to go or what to do." He finished.
"I'll explain everythin' in due time," the captain replied. "First things firs'... I know a little bit about you two. You won't get very far dressed like that. If it's possible for you guys to look more human, that'd be best. The people here like things... simple, to be puttin' it nicely.
"Second thing, now. You can come and stay with us, at my cabin. We can talk more there and fix you two up. I'll be needin' your services in the future if you'll be willin' to help an ol' man out."
"Eh? That's the drunk I knocked out in that hardware store!" Riou exclaimed, taking a sip of his water. He didn't drink.
Quote from: THEBIRD on September 11, 2009, 11:40:58 AM
"I'll explain everythin' in due time," the captain replied. "First things firs'... I know a little bit about you two. You won't get very far dressed like that. If it's possible for you guys to look more human, that'd be best. The people here like things... simple, to be puttin' it nicely.
"Second thing, now. You can come and stay with us, at my cabin. We can talk more there and fix you two up. I'll be needin' your services in the future if you'll be willin' to help an ol' man out."
"... Uh, what?" Camaspin asked, surprised that a complete stranger was offering them a place to stay. "Don't worry about the human thing. We brought disguises... if you want to call them that." Kieteshi said, pulling out two brown cloaks from seemingly nowhere. The cloaks were easily seven feet long.
"I think we're ready..." Camaspin said, putting the cloak on.
"Oh come on!" Tanbar exclaimed a tad bit dissapointed. "You still can't tell us apart? I'm Tanbar!"
Quote from: Big Brother on September 10, 2009, 08:07:19 PM
"And I suppose you never realized how beautiful you were either," Harver cornily said, smiling sweetly all the while.
"No, I guess I didn't notice," Jas takes notice of the corniness, and can't help but to smile and start laughing. "That is, until I switched places with you." She gets into the shower, pulling Harver with her.
Harver walked into the shower with Jas, feeling the warmth of the water hit their bodies. "This is nice," he noted.
Quote from: WhiteReverse on September 11, 2009, 02:34:56 PM
"... Uh, what?" Camaspin asked, surprised that a complete stranger was offering them a place to stay. "Don't worry about the human thing. We brought disguises... if you want to call them that." Kieteshi said, pulling out two brown cloaks from seemingly nowhere. The cloaks were easily seven feet long.
"I think we're ready..." Camaspin said, putting the cloak on.
"Hm," the captain said, looking them over. "Fine, follow me." The captain turned swiftly around and began heading in the direction of Solon's house.
---
"Oh," Solon said, blinking. "OH!" The realization of the situation finally hit him and he exclaimed, "Tanbar! Where have you been? What are you doing on Monte Island - without Lanbar?"
"Well...I've been tending this bar here." Tanbar said completely ignoring the other part of the question. "It's been nice here. I get paid well and I can drink for free on weekends!"
Mira started snoring.
"See?" Jas hugs Harver, putting her chin on his shoulder. "No harm done. Just be careful here," she pokes around the bellybutton area. "And you'll be fine. That did just get pierced," the ninja trails off, surprised he didn't ask about that or any of the tattoos on her.
"I rarely pay attention to outside appearances," Harver said, washing his arms, looking at the tattoos. "I believe that if someone is good, they show it through their actions and words."
She laughs and begins washing up as well. "Guess you could call me rebellious then even though they aren't much. Not like I'd go and get tattooed from head to toe." The three figures though usually hidden were significant to her, and that's all that mattered. "Nice to know you won't judge."
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on September 12, 2009, 05:05:18 PM
"Well...I've been tending this bar here." Tanbar said completely ignoring the other part of the question. "It's been nice here. I get paid well and I can drink for free on weekends!"
"Wow," Solon said, the shock hadn't quite wore off yet. "I still can't believe you're here, though. I bet Lanbar loves this, he can come and drink free anytime he wants..." But something didn't seem to fit right. Solon stared intently at Tanbar, thinking quietly to himself. "But, you know... Oh, never mind."
"Huh?" Tabar said. "What was that last part?"
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on September 13, 2009, 09:01:35 AM
"Huh?" Tabar said. "What was that last part?"
"Uh, well," Solon began, scratching the back of his head as he thought, "Lanbar just got to this Continent not to long ago. How long have you been here, anyway?"
'It's been a whole three years, who knows what could have happened in that time,' Solon thought.
But it seems Tanbar has been here long enough to leave Sans Port and get a job in Monte Island. I wonder why he's tried so hard to get out of Scalander.'
"You mean...Lanbar's here?" Tanbar said with a trickling anger starting to fill up his face.
"Lanbar's here.....?" Mira mumbled. "Why are you mad....?" Mira asked Tanbar as mumbly as before.
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on September 13, 2009, 08:06:30 PM
"You mean...Lanbar's here?" Tanbar said with a trickling anger starting to fill up his face.
"Uh, yeah he's here," Solon said with a curious expression. Then Solon remembered what had happened at Sans Port, and he added quickly, "Well, not
here, here. But he's here."
'If that makes sense...' He heard Mira mumble something in his sleep, which sounded like 'Why are you mad', and the same question suddenly appeared to Solon. "You didn't know?"
"Of course I didn't know he was here!" Tanbar slammed the bar counter causing a couple glasses to topple over. "I didn't know because I don't care about him anymore!"
"So that's how it is..." Mira mumbled, trying to suggest something.
((YAY, BIRDIE'S BACK... FOR NOW! Ok, I have no time myself, so if someone could fill me in on what's happened so far, that'd be GREAT!))
OoC// You're character is just staying at Solon's old house (assuming you followed the captain, like you said you were) The other group has arrived at Monte, and split up pretty much doing their own thing.
"No human being has the right to judge," Harver said, continuing to wash himself. "That ability should be kept to the divine."
Jas just smiles and hugs Harver again, putting her chin on his shoulder. Since she's done washing up, she ended up zoning out, completely relaxed by the warm waters.
"This is nice," Harver muttered, getting lost in the warm waters as well. "It's great to have a chance to relax every now and then."
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on September 14, 2009, 05:25:59 PM
"Of course I didn't know he was here!" Tanbar slammed the bar counter causing a couple glasses to topple over. "I didn't know because I don't care about him anymore!"
"W-What?" Solon said in surprise. Although, remembering how strange Tanbar had been acting, and the fact that Lanbar came to this continent alone, it wasn't all that surprising.
'How did I not see that coming!?' Solon asked, gritting his teeth. "Tanbar, what happened between you and Lanbar?"
'That must be why Lanbar decided to come here... He must want to make amends. But, what happened between those two?'
"I...I don't want to talk about it!" He shouted as he grabbed a bottle of wine and started drinking straight out of the bottle.
"Thought so......"
"Told you so," Jas says, knowing that they should probably get out of the shower, but remains cuddly anyways. "Now why were you so worried earlier, hm? Everything's fine now, though I don't want to stay this way any more than you do."
"Something will happen," Harver said, letting Jas be cuddly with him. "We'll be fine. And you're right; I need to be a bit less... worrisome."
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on September 17, 2009, 04:01:30 PM
"I...I don't want to talk about it!" He shouted as he grabbed a bottle of wine and started drinking straight out of the bottle.
'Wow, things have changed a lot since our escapades,' Solon thought, stroking his chin. Usually he was clean-shaven, but now he could feel the prickles of blond hair growing in. Even his spiked hair was seeming even more wild then usual.
'Yeah, I guess things have changed... but I can't say it's been for the better.' Then Solon remembered something else. "Yeah," Solon said, a certain shakiness to his voice, "yeah, it's been hard thinking about Lanbar after... what happened..."
"Hm?" Mira sat up. "What happened?" Mira asked Solon, then began to look around. "What happened?" He asked, wondering how he got to where he was now.
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on September 18, 2009, 03:34:14 PM
"Hm?" Mira sat up. "What happened?" Mira asked Solon, then began to look around. "What happened?" He asked, wondering how he got to where he was now.
"Uhhh..." Solon hit his palm against his face. Apparently Mira had been asleep the entire time. "How do you manage to sleep so much, Mira!?"
"Just try sleeping on the floor after rolling off of a warm, comfy bed." Mira replied. "Anyways, what's going on?" Mira asked. "By the way, does this place have coffee or something?"
((I'll just assume that Camaspin and Kieteshi are still following the captain guy.))
"Are we almost there?" Camaspin asked, trailing close behind the captain.
Quote from: Big Brother on September 17, 2009, 08:55:46 PM
"Something will happen," Harver said, letting Jas be cuddly with him. "We'll be fine. And you're right; I need to be a bit less... worrisome."
"Maybe not," Jas hugs Harver once more before deciding to step out of the shower and putting a towel around her waist. "Who else will keep us meddling kids out of unnecessary trouble? Me?" She looks back at him, holding out a hand to grab onto. "Besides, I dunno if I could put up with a Harver that all of a sudden swapped personalities with a Spike Spiegel or a Mugen, or someone like that."
((lulz anime allusions))
"I'm sure you know I have no idea what you're talking about," Harver said, stepping out of the shower as well and putting a towel on. "But I get it. And don't worry - who knows? Maybe this problem will be solved over night. You'll gain your powers back, and... everything will be fine."
"Harver, really? Geeze, you guys can no longer call me 'oblivious.' Ever." "Just some allusions, nothing big," Jas picks up some clothes and starts to leave the room, but stops. "Oh yeah, don't forget to put on some lotion, or you will get ashy*, no joke." She leaves to go put on the clothing in her hands.
((Ashy definition: http://www.urbandictionary.com/define.php?term=ashy))
Harver nods as Jas leaft him to put on her clothes. He began to put on some lotion as he began to think of an alternate remedy to the situation. What if we don't get out of this?
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on September 19, 2009, 12:15:07 PM
"Just try sleeping on the floor after rolling off of a warm, comfy bed." Mira replied. "Anyways, what's going on?" Mira asked. "By the way, does this place have coffee or something?"
Solon thought it would take more than coffee to wake Mira up, but it was a start. He wondered if he could get something to eat while he was here.
---
"Yes, we are here," the captain said, standing in front of the house. "Go on in and make yourselves comfortable." The captain didn't need to bother opening the door, it was still broken in two on the ground by their feet from Solon's accident.
"This seems like a nice place." Camaspin commented, walking through the doorway. "Define 'nice'." Kieteshi replied, walking over the broken door and throwing off his cloak.
Jas is curled up in a chair, looking through the room service menu for seafood, hoping they didn't stop sending food up at any certain hour. Surely it would be bad for business if they did, but still. "Hnn, darn it, now I'm the one craving shrimp..."
"Looks like the intellectual habits are intertwining with the physical ones," Harver said, sitting on the bed, channel hopping. "I wouldn't worry, though; at this rate, things should go back to normal soon."
"Ah, don't worry about it. Where's the hotel?" Mira asked, barely keeping himself awake.
Quote from: WhiteReverse on September 22, 2009, 04:47:14 PM
"This seems like a nice place." Camaspin commented, walking through the doorway. "Define 'nice'." Kieteshi replied, walking over the broken door and throwing off his cloak.
"It's not ours," the captain responded gruffly. "I'd like to get right down to business, if you'd step into my office." The captain walked towards Solon's room, not wanting the others to listen in on their conversation.
---
"The hotel?" Solon repeated, thinking. "Well, there are a lot. I guess we just find the cheapest... or the one with the least security." A flashback of the suite Solon had stolen a few years back entered his mind, and he smirked at the thought. "...Or any with unlocked windows."
"Hey, we could get a nice hotel if wee make a bet on one of us winning a fight, excluding Mira, who is essentially currently unconscious." Riou said, cracking his knuckles.
"I'll show you unconscious!" Mira yelled grouchily, as he threw a sloppy punch, causing him to fall in the direction of an occupied table.
Quote from: Big Brother on September 24, 2009, 01:39:44 AM
"Looks like the intellectual habits are intertwining with the physical ones," Harver said, sitting on the bed, channel hopping. "I wouldn't worry, though; at this rate, things should go back to normal soon."
((Sorry guys, Homecoming stuff kept me busy.))
"Nah, I like shrimp just as much, if not more than you," Jas sits there, circling something on the paper before showing it to Harver. "How about this?" On the paper, she has pointed out a couple of seafood meals. "Look good enough?"
Quote from: THEBIRD on September 26, 2009, 11:20:45 AM
"It's not ours," the captain responded gruffly. "I'd like to get right down to business, if you'd step into my office." The captain walked towards Solon's room, not wanting the others to listen in on their conversation.
Camaspin and Kieteshi followed the captain into the room, hoping to get some answers.
Just to add insult to failure, Riou saved the people sitting there by grabbing Mira by the wrist and subduing him, by throwing him into an unoccupied spot of the floor.
Quote from: WhiteReverse on September 27, 2009, 03:43:09 PM
Camaspin and Kieteshi followed the captain into the room, hoping to get some answers.
"You can ask any questions that you would like," the captain stated after shutting the door. "I can't guarantee answers. But after you are done questioning, you must promise you will do me a favor - if it is in your power to do."
------
"Aah, guys, stop!" Solon shouted and picked up Mira. "Let's
not cause a scene! Remember what I said earlier?"
But the people sitting in the tables began talking excitedly and pointing, and Solon knew they would remember their faces for a while.
"Let's get out of here, and quick." Solon glanced back at Tanbar, unsure of what to say. "Listen, Tanbar... Lanbar isn't around with us right now. So, if you want to hang out, look for the big pirate boat docked nearby."
Mira struggled out of Solon's grip, mad that Solon intervened. "So yeah, where's our hotel gonna be?" Mira asked. "Tanbar, do you know any good ones?"
"I apologise folks. I was trying t prevent this man, who apparently is very violent when he is tired, from ruining your dinner. Please, carry on." Riou said, walking casually out the door.
"I'll ruin your dinner!" Mira yelled, but as he was about to punch Riou again, he collapsed on the floor.
"Well, all of them are pretty good...If you pay the right price." Then, Tanbar leaned over the counter and gave them a stern glare. "And here, you WILL pay for your room." He said in a quiet, yet menacing tone. "The last people who tried to sneak into a room without paying was kicked off Monte Island and had his ID revoked. So I sudgest you somehow find the money."
Mira was snoring loudly.
Quote from: Dr.Hobo2 on September 28, 2009, 05:11:09 PM
((Very, um...informative... >_>; ))
((What? He was the one who asked the question)).
Quote from: I_AM_A_PERSON on September 28, 2009, 05:12:56 PM
((What? He was the one who asked the question)).
((But it's a one very short sentence. It's not detailed, and hard to go off of.))
((I think Mira was breaking the tension. :p))
Jason walked to his room. He then decided to gather all of his stuff.
Tanbar leaned over looking at Mira. "Hey guys...when he gets up...just repeat what I said, just so he gets the idea too..."
"We have to... pay? Er, well yeah. Of course we'd have to pay. Come on Tanbar, ha ha, we all knew that already! I mean, who doesn't have money these days? It's practically falling from the branches! In fact, just the other day I heard that you can grow money outta trees. Can you believe that!? Grow it outta trees. Seriously, man, that's whack. Not like I need to bother because, you know I actually have a lot of money. Yeah, I've got about as much as money can buy. And that's a helluva lot. So, don't worry about us, we're going to pay like every other citizen, because we have the money to burn. In fact, point us in the direction of the most expensive hotel! Because... because the money is really heavy and I just wanna dispense of some of it somehow... Yeah, I have been doing pretty well these past few years... Quit that unreliable job from before and have moved on to bigger and better things. Like... rocking out on my bass..." Solon went on and on, all in practically one breath. Until he finally stopped and gulped for air.
"Um, yeah, so... L-Let's just get out of here and find a room. Nice to see you again, Tanbar. We'll definitely come back to talk again before you leave. Oh and hey, before I forget, we're starting a band. So you should stop by and see us play off at the concert coming up!"
With that, Solon followed Riou out, dragging the sleeping Mira out with him.
Tanbar smirked at Solons little rant. He knew it was all bull poop and e was pretty sure that if Solon was talking to a dead rat, the dead rat would instantly know that that was all just a bunch of bull poop. "Well, goodbye Solon. Just remember, you're going to pay...One way or another." And with that, Tanbar picked up an empty glass and began cleaning it with his white, silky cloth.
Harver glanced over from the TV set towards Jas, looking over her decisions. He nodded approvingly. "Sounds good," he said, turning his attention back to the television, continuing to flip channels from the weather station where he left off.
Jas laughs, then gets up and moves to the phone so she can have their food sent up. When she's done placing the order, she plops down on the bed beside Harver. "Any of those channels interesting, or am I gonna have to find something?"
"You could've just asked to borrow some money or something." Mira mumbled in his sleep.
Quote from: THEBIRD on September 28, 2009, 03:17:12 PM
"You can ask any questions that you would like," the captain stated after shutting the door. "I can't guarantee answers. But after you are done questioning, you must promise you will do me a favor - if it is in your power to do."
"What exactly are the Dead Men?" Kieteshi asked. "We didn't exactly get a detailed briefing of our mission."
After sitting there impatiently for hours, Roy jumped up and yelled to nobody in particular.
"This is STUPID! This town was just attacked by a crew of pirates and all we do is sit here and do nothing! People need help out there! Screw you and your empty promises, I'm going to go do something of importance."
Roy grabbed a jacket and made sure his makeshift weapon was in place, then stormed out of the building.
Jas is lounging around, laying so that her view of the television screen is upside down. She was tired, but it also felt like her stomach was going to eat the rest of her from the inside out if she didn't get food soon. So of course she is like this just so she can stay awake.
"Eh, there's nothing on that interests me right now," Harver said, handing Jas the remote. He got up to stretch when he heard a knock on the door. He walked up to it and opened it. Behind the door was the room service... guy ((not sure what they call them. Mind is blanking out atm)). He took the food, tipped the man, and closed the door behind him. "Soup's on," he said, walking back to Jas with the food.
When Harver came back, the TV just happened to be displaying a rather suggestive scene. "Nyuu...?" Jas looks at Harver with the food, then back at the screen, turning the channel. "It's not even late enough for that stuff to be on," then she looks at a clock as she gets up to go eat. "Okay, it is, but that's not the point. Food smells good!"
"Let's dig in," Harver said, laying out all the food. "Pick and choose," he said, taking a plate and putting a few shrimp on it. He glanced over at the TV before taking a bite out of a shrimp.
"...Local police administrators are baffled by the disappearance of more than a hundred thousand dollars from a nearby bank," the female news reporter on the screen said. "Administrators are saying that they will try to find out who did it and how to get it back as soon as possible."
"Looks like this place isn't all sunshine and rainbows," Harver noted.
"Tch, you forgot daisies," Jas smirks and starts eating her own food. "Heh, if they offered a reward, then we could grab the person who did it... or I'd find 'em for the adrenaline rush..." She grins a bit then sticks her fork into another piece of shrimp. "It seems like something our favorite blond would do, but then again, unless they're dead, who doesn't need extra money?" 'Unless they're dead... would they...? Naaah...'
((Bump)).
"We shouldn't have to worry about them," Harver said, eating some more shrimp. "They'll get their comeuppance. As for Solon and the others, I must say I'm a bit curious as to what they've been doing in the meantime."
Quote from: Big Brother on November 04, 2009, 07:48:27 PM
"We shouldn't have to worry about them," Harver said, eating some more shrimp. "They'll get their comeuppance. As for Solon and the others, I must say I'm a bit curious as to what they've been doing in the meantime."
((*coughnothingcough*)) ::)
((lol hobo))
"I'm not worrying," Jas shrugs as she finishes off the rest of her food. "Just wondering, ya know? We haven't seen them since we got here... But then again, I'll appreciate the quiet I guess..." She yawns, then falls backwards and starts staring at the ceiling.
JOININJOININJOININJOININ
NAME: Roch Halson
AGE: 25
GENDER: Male
APPEARANCE: Tall, tanned man, always in a three-piece suit.
BIO: A Laid back man with much money, and many, many problems. Like, what kind of suit should he wear? Where should he stay? And why isn't there a Cigarette currently in his hand?
ITEM: Cigarette
ITEM 2: Nintegasoft GCP (Gamecube and PSP collide = FUCK YEAR)
HOMELAND: The Island Of Rahn
STARTING PLACE: Sans Port [ Everyone starts here. You're brand new to Segasan, and this is where they stick all the newbies. ]
((Good luck getting accepted; Bird may not be back on for a LONG time)).
While being dragged, still asleep, Mira twisted out of Solon's grip, then slowly got himself off the floor, then started sleepwalking. "Must find hotel...." Mira mumbled, as he started walking at zombie pace. "Must find the others....." He mumbled again, referring to Harver and Jas. He then started walking to where he thought they were; not that hard when able to read the minds of others.
((After downtime bump)).
I'll be honest. I don't like sequels and I probably didn't follow this RP as faithfully as I cared for my first. Things may have worked out better had I not had so many friggin laptop and computer problems (asdf). But I lost my files that had all of my WaT information in it. And it's been a while. So I kind of... forgot a lot about this >_<
Anywaaaay... I'm going to say this: DMDTS was fun. It was my first RP and it was successful. When I think about my time with RPing on this site, it's that RP that I'll tie my name into. I worked a lot over the break after DMDTS, creating a history and everything. and I did well with that. I made all four continents, created a war, yadda yadda yadda... But, I lost all my files and I haven't been here in so long.
If you don't mind, I'm going to let this die now. We can still chat in the chat thread and I want to start work on a new RP (and I'll stick to this one... I promise >_>;;). So, this is my hi and goodbye post. Hi to everyone again, since I'm back from another one of my long breaks XD and goodbye to this RP. Maybe I'll see you guys all again in a different RP. Because seriously we need to pick up the pace. This place is filled with little games and werewolves. Time to put RPs back where they belong.
Arrright. That's Birdie, over and out.
NO BIRDIE! DON'T LEAVE US!!!
Or at least give reins to this RP to sh0rti.
Quote from: PokemasterJ on January 16, 2010, 02:26:49 PM
NO BIRDIE! DON'T LEAVE US!!!
Or at least give reins to this RP to sh0rti.
Kinda hard to when critical information regarding the RP was lost. Unless sh0rti wouldn't mind working from "scratch".
I'm sure she wouldn't mind. :U
Well if you guys want to continue, this place will always be open for your enjoyment ;) You don't really need me here to make up a storyline as you go :P And hey, making up as you go along works. That's how DMDTS got through.
But I'm not gonna be here (which I know makes a huge difference, since I've been here so often lately :P). Well, I'll be here, just not here here. You catch my drift?
Actually might take one of my ideas for the planet and turn it into a solo RP, with no connection to DMDTS or WaT. But until then, enjoy WaT or DMDTS, both RPs are still open I think and you can RP in either one.
((But DMDTS had a satisfying conclusion! We can't disrupt that. ;-; Anyway, glad to see that you are... erm... sort of back. Can't wait until this new RP idea you have is unveiled.))
RAAWWWRR!
(http://i17.photobucket.com/albums/b60/Keigoe/Avatars/Jaspuncheste.gif)
Damn it BOA! Finish what you start! DX<
I wouldn't mind takin' over, though it wouldn't be the same without the token clumsy blond.
Hey sh0rti,
How about a WINTER SPINOFF?